PROJECT MANUAL
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DIAMOND STATE PORT CORPORATION
Port of Wilmington, Wilmington, Delaware
April 8, 2016
Port of Wilmington
One Hausel Road
Wilmington, DE 19801
Phone (302-472-7827) Fax (302-472-7855)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title
Page
Advertisement for Bids
AD-1 to AD-2
Instructions to Bidders
IB-1 to IB-9
Proposal
P-1 to P-10
Contract
C-1 to C-2
Form of Performance Bond
PERB-1 to PERB-2
Form of Payment Bond
PAYB-1 to PAYB-2
General Conditions
AIA Document A201-2007
Additions and Deletion Report
Certification of Document’s Authenticity
1 to 35
1 to 19
1 to 1
Special Conditions
SC-1 to SC-31
Supplemental Special Conditions
SSC-1 to SSC – 3
Prevailing Wage Rates
PWR-1
State of Delaware Wage Rate Schedule
Federal Wage Rate Schedule
1 Sheet
1 to 5
Liquidated Damages
LD-1
List of Drawings
LD-1 to LD-4
Technical Specifications
260500
260519
260526
260529
260533
260543
Common Work Results for Electrical
Conductors and Cables
Grounding and Bonding
Hangers and Supports
Raceways and Boxes
Underground Duct Banks
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE STONE STORAGE YARD
260500 – 1 to 20
260519 – 1 to 14
260526 – 1 to 9
260529 – 1 to 8
260533 – 1 to 12
260543 – 1 to 17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE TOC-1 OF 2
260545
260553
260573
260923
261120
262413
262727
262813
262816
310000
310010
321000
321021
321050
329200
331010
Utility Holes
Electrical Identification
Electrical Systems Analysis
Lighting Control Devices
Utility - Incoming Service Provisions
Switchboards, Circuit Breaker Type
Safety Interlocked Reefer Outlet Assemblies
Fuses
Disconnect Switches
Earthwork
Grading
Asphalt Paving
Aggregate Base Course
Pavement Markings
Turf and Grasses
Storm Drainage Pipe
Reference Information
Geotechnical Report
Test Pit Location Sketch
Analytical Detections
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE STONE STORAGE YARD
260545 – 1 to 7
260553 – 1 to 8
260573 - 1 to 12
260923 - 1 to 5
261120 – 1 to 5
262413 – 1 to 18
262727 – 1 to 6
262813 – 1 to 4
262816 – 1 to 6
310000 – 1 to 4
310010 – 1 to 4
321000 – 1 to 5
321021 – 1 to 4
321050 – 1 to 2
329200 – 1 to 3
331010 – 1 to 3
RD-1 to RD-1
21 Sheets
1 Sheet
1 Sheet
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE TOC-2 OF 2
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
to appear in
THE NEWS JOURNAL AND DELAWARE CAPITAL REVIEW
April 7, 2016 and April 14, 2016
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
Public notice is hereby given that the Diamond State Port Corporation will be accepting Bids from qualified,
experienced Bidders to perform the work associated with DSPC Project No. 10-6103, New Chiquita Chassis
Yard, Redevelopment of the Lafarge Rock Storage Yard at the Port of Wilmington. In general, the required work
includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
Installation of sediment and erosion control measures;
Sediment and stormwater management controls;
Bulk excavation and off-site disposal of excess soil and fill materials;
Site grading;
Placement of geotextile fabric;
Placement of Graded Aggregate Base Course;
Placement of Asphaltic Concrete pavement;
Construction of miscellaneous reinforced concrete slabs-on-grade;
Installation of new electrical service;
Installation of site lighting including poles and reinforced concrete foundations; and
Installation of power modules for electrification of refrigerated containers.
The Diamond State Port Corporation has received partial funding for this project under Federal Law 111-117,
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2010. As a recipient of Federal funding, DSPC has committed to the following:
“The Grantee, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252,
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively
ensure that for any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business
enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will
not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an
award.”
All Bids are required to be based on State of Delaware Prevailing Wage Rates or Federal Prevailing Wage Rates,
whichever are higher. Anticipated start of construction is mid-May 2016.
Interested Bidders shall submit their Bids in triplicate, sealed in an envelope, labeled and hand delivered as
follows:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
PAGE AD-1 OF 2
Mr. Randall Horne, P.E.
Director, Engineering & Maintenance
Diamond State Port Corporation
Port of Wilmington
One Hausel Road
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
DSPC Project No. 10-6103
New Chiquita Chassis Yard
Redevelopment of the Lafarge Rock Storage Yard
Bids will be accepted until 3:00 P.M. on Wednesday, May 11, 2016 and will be publicly opened at the Port of
Wilmington Administration Building. The Diamond State Port Corporation may extend the time and date of the
Bid Opening. Any extension of the Bid Opening will be posted on the Diamond State Port Corporation website
(http://portofwilmington.com/) under the Bids & Proposals tab a minimum of forty eight (48) hours prior to the
scheduled Bid Opening.
Contract Documents will be available on the Diamond State Port Corporation website
(http://portofwilmington.com/) under the Bids & Proposals tab Friday, April 8, 2016. A mandatory Pre-Bid
Meeting will be held at the Port of Wilmington Administration Building at 1:00 P.M., Friday, April 15, 2016.
Access to the Port requires security clearance through the Main Gate. For gate clearance, contact Sharon
Walker, Administrative Assistant, Engineering & Maintenance at (302) 472-7826.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
PAGE AD-2 OF 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
Terms which are used in these Instructions to Bidders and defined in the General Conditions of the
Construction Contract (General Conditions) shall be considered to have the same meaning as
assigned in the General Conditions.
Additional terms that are used in these Instructions to Bidders shall be understood to have the
meanings assigned to them below.
1.1.
Bidder - A sole proprietor, partnership, or corporation who submits a Bid directly to the
Owner.
1.2.
Sub-Bidder - A sole proprietor, partnership, or corporation who submits a Bid to a Bidder.
1.3.
Successful Bidder - The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom the Owner,
based on the provisions hereinafter provided, makes an award.
All things contained or referred to in the Advertisement for Bids; these Instructions to Bidders; the
Proposal including Bid Form and Attachments; any Addenda issued prior to bidding; and the
Contract Documents including General Conditions, Special Conditions, Supplementary Special
Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specification as well as any other papers or bulletins referred to
therein are hereby made a part of this Project Manual, and are to be considered as one instrument
constituting the "Bidding Documents." The intent is to make them explanatory one to the other,
but in the case of any inconsistency, the provisions of the Contract shall govern.
Whenever in these Bidding Documents, the words "directed," "required," "prescribed," "permitted,"
"approved," "acceptable," "in the judgment of," and other words and phrases of like import, refer to
the work or its performance, they shall be taken to mean and intend "directed," "required,"
"prescribed," "permitted," "approved," "acceptable," "in the judgment of," and the like by or to the
Owner.
The headings and subheadings printed in these Instructions to Bidders are intended for
convenience or reference only and shall not be considered as having any particular bearing on the
interpretation thereof.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-1 OF 9
2.
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Owner at the locations indicated in
the Advertisement for Bids for the stipulated deposit. Bidders shall utilize complete sets of Bidding
Documents in the preparation of their Proposals.
3.
4.
QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
3.1.
No Contract will be awarded to any Bidder who, in the sole judgment of the Owner, is not
a responsible Bidder, or is not prepared with all the necessary financial ability, experience,
organization and equipment to conduct and complete the Work for which the Bidder
proposes to contract, in strict accordance with all terms and provisions of the Contract
Documents.
3.2.
In each instance when any Bidder is required to supply information regarding
qualifications, such Bidder shall furnish information concerning financial ability,
organization, experience and equipment as may be requested by the Owner within five (5)
days after written notice from the Owner to do so, and the information so furnished by the
Bidder, together with any other information received or possessed by the Owner, will be
taken into consideration by the Owner in awarding the Contract.
FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK, EXISTING LAWS, ETC.
4.1.
Bidder is required to examine carefully the site of the Work, the Proposal, the Drawings,
Technical Specifications and other Contract Documents for the Work contemplated and it
will be assumed that Bidder has familiarized and satisfied himself as to the conditions and
obstacles to be encountered, as to the character, quality and quantities of Work to be
performed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of these Bidding
Documents and other Contract Documents and he must be prepared to execute a finished
job in every particular, without any extra charge whatsoever, except as may be specifically
provided for elsewhere in these Bidding Documents and other Contract Documents.
4.2.
The Bidder is assumed to have made himself familiar with all Federal, State, Local, and
municipal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations which in any manner affect those
engaged or employed in the Work, or the materials or equipment used in or upon the
Work, or in any way affect the Work, and no plea of misunderstanding will be considered
on account of the ignorance thereof. If the Bidder shall discover any provision in the
Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents that is contrary to or inconsistent
with any such law, ordinance, rule or regulation, he shall forthwith report it to the Owner’s
Authorized Representative in writing.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-2 OF 9
5.
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
The limits of the lands on which the proposed Work is to be performed, access to such said lands,
and other areas designated for use during the execution of the proposed Work are indicated in the
Contract Documents.
6.
INTERPRETATIONS OF ADDENDA
7.
6.1.
If any person contemplating submitting a Bid for this Contract is in doubt as to the true
meaning of any part of the Drawings, Technical Specifications, or other proposed Contract
Documents, he may submit to the Owner’s Authorized Representative a written request for
interpretation thereof. The person submitting the written request will be responsible to
ensure the request reaches the Owner’s Authorized Representative in accordance with
the Key Dates / Milestones listed elsewhere in these Instructions to Bidders.
6.2.
Any interpretation of the proposed Contract Documents deemed necessary by the
Owner’s Authorized Representative will be made only by Addendum duly issued, and a
copy of such Addendum will made available to prospective Bidders in the same manner as
the Contract Documents were made available. The Owner will not be responsible for any
other explanation or interpretations of the proposed documents. Only questions answered
in the form of a written Addendum shall be binding.
6.3.
The Owner may also issue Addenda to modify the Bidding Documents in order to achieve
the project requirements. Addenda so issued will be distributed as indicated in the
preceding paragraph.
BID SECURITY
7.1.
Bidder is required to submit, with his Proposal, a Certified Check or a good and sufficient
Bid Bond to the Diamond State Port Corporation in the amount of not less than ten
percent (10%) of the amount of the Base Bid, plus all additive Alternate Bids, with
Corporate Surety authorized to do business in the State of Delaware. The Certified Check
or Bid Bond must be accompanied by a certification attached thereto, issued by Corporate
Surety authorized to do business in the State of Delaware, rated A or higher by A.M. Best
Company, and otherwise satisfactory to the Owner, which certification contains the
commitment of the Corporate Surety to execute one hundred percent (100%) Performance
and Labor and Materials Payment Bonds to cover the Bidder’s performance and Bidder’s
payments of labor and materials if the Bidder is successful and the Contract is awarded to
it.
7.2.
The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained by the Owner until such time as
the Successful Bidder has executed the Contract, submitted the required contract bonds,
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-3 OF 9
and provided additional information as required by the Notice of Award. If the Successful
Bidder fails to execute the Contract and provide the required contract bonds and
additional information within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, the Owner may annul
the Notice of Award and retain the Bid Security of the Bidder.
8.
CONTRACT TIMES
The total number of calendar days or the dates by which the Work is to be completed and ready
for final payment is set forth in the Contract Documents.
9.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
The provisions for Liquidated Damages are set forth in the Contract Documents.
10.
11.
SUBCONTRACTORS
10.1.
Bidder shall submit to the Owner, along with its Proposal and other required information, a
list of all Subcontractors it intends to use in connection with this Contract. If awarded the
Contract, the Successful Bidder shall award Subcontracts only to those Subcontractors
included on the referenced list. Substitution of these Subcontractors shall not be
permitted except as may be provided in the Special Conditions.
10.2.
If the Owner or Owner's Authorized Representative, upon review of the proposed
Subcontractors, has an objection to the use of any such Subcontractor, the Owner or
Owner's Authorized Representative may, prior to the Notice of Award, request the
apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in the
Bid price. If the apparent Successful Bidder elects to decline the Subcontractor
substitution, the Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder proposing
acceptable Subcontractors. The choice to decline the Subcontractor substitution will not
constitute grounds for forfeiture of Bid Security of the Bidder.
PROPOSAL FORM
11.1.
The Bidder shall submit its Proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner. The blank
spaces in the Proposal shall be filled in correctly where indicated, for each and every item,
and the Bidder shall state the prices (written in ink, in words and numerals) for which it
proposes to do each item of the Work contemplated. In case of discrepancy between the
written figures and the numerals, the written figures shall govern.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-4 OF 9
11.2.
12.
The Bidder shall sign its Proposal correctly. If the Proposal is made by an individual,
his/her name and post office address shall be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the
name and post office address of the firm or partnership, and of each member thereof, shall
be shown. If a corporation, the Successful Bidder shall furnish a certificate from the
Secretary of State or commonwealth where the firm is incorporated stating the company is
a presently subsisting corporation of that state or commonwealth and the date of its
incorporation.
DELIVERY AND OPENING OF PROPOSALS
Proposals shall be submitted in triplicate with all blanks filled in and be accompanied by the
required Bid Security and other required documents. They shall be enclosed in sealed envelopes,
endorsed and marked with the Project title, and delivered to the location stated in the
Advertisement for Bids. Proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud at the time and place
stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders or their authorized agents are invited to be present.
13.
14.
WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS
13.1.
Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of Bids or
authorized postponement thereof by an appropriate document executed in the same
manner as the Proposal.
13.2.
No Bid may be withdrawn within sixty (60) days after the actual opening thereof.
RIGHT TO REJECT PROPOSALS
14.1.
The Owner expressly reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, or to accept any
Proposal, to advertise for new bids or to proceed to do the Work otherwise, and/or to
waive technicalities as may deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner.
14.2.
Proposals may be rejected if they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions not
called for, conditional or alternative bids, or irregularities of any kind.
14.3.
To better ensure fair competition, and to permit a determination of the lowest Responsible
Bidder, unresponsive Bids or Bids obviously unbalanced, may be rejected by the Owner.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-5 OF 9
15.
AWARD OF CONTRACT
15.1.
Consideration of Proposals. After the Proposals are opened and read, they will be
compared on, among other bases, the summation of the Lump Sum Bids, accepted
Alternate Bids, and the Unit Bid Prices, unless the Proposal states a different basis for
comparing Bids. In the event of a discrepancy between Unit Bid Prices and extensions,
the Unit Bid Price shall govern.
Before awarding the Contract, a Bidder may be required to show that it has the ability,
experience, necessary equipment, experienced personnel, and financial resources to
successfully carry out the Work required by the Contract Documents.
The right is reserved to reject any and/or all Proposals, to waive technicalities, to advertise
for new Proposals, or to proceed to do the Work otherwise, if in the judgment of the
Owner, the best interest of the Owner will be promoted thereby.
15.2.
Award of Contract. The award of Contract, if it be awarded, must be within sixty (60)
calendar days after the opening of Proposals to the lowest responsible and qualified
Bidder whose proposal complies with all the requirements prescribed. The Successful
Bidder will receive a Notice of Award by letter mailed to the address shown on its Proposal
that its Bid has been accepted and it has been awarded the Contract. This Notice of
Award will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the
Contract.
The Successful Bidder will be required to have or obtain all appropriate business licenses
from the State of Delaware and the City of Wilmington, in order to be awarded the
Contract.
The Successful Bidder will be required to withhold City of Wilmington Wage Tax from its
employees and withhold taxes paid to the City of Wilmington pursuant to the provisions of
the Wilmington Wage Tax Laws. This law applies to people living and/or working in the
City of Wilmington.
While Bids are asked for by items, the Contract will not be awarded by items, but will be
awarded in its entirety, on the basis of the "Bid Total," which total must be the aggregate
sum of the bids on all items figured at the unit and lump sum prices bid. Bidder shall bid on
all items.
Accepted Alternate Bids will not necessarily be awarded in the order listed in the Contract
Documents.
Further, if required, the Successful Bidder shall furnish an original and two copies of
excerpts from the minutes of the corporation authorizing its President or Vice President to
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-6 OF 9
execute the necessary Contract on behalf of the Corporation, and an original and two
copies of the resolution authorizing the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary to attest
Contract Documents and the names of all officers qualified to sign for the company.
15.3.
16.
17.
Cancellation of Award. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award of any Contract
at any time before the execution of said Contract by all parties without any liability against
the Owner.
EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
16.1.
The Successful Bidder will be required to execute, within ten (10) calendar days of the
Notice of Award, a formal Contract upon blank forms with proper insertions furnished by
the Owner. Successful Bidder will insert on the first page of the Contract the date of the
day the Contract is executed by the company. All copies of the Contract and Bonds must
be properly executed by qualified officers of the company and the Corporate Seal affixed
thereto.
16.2.
Failure to enter Bonds in a sum equal to the full amount of the award or to execute the
contract within ten (10) days after written notice of the award, shall be just cause for the
annulment of the award, and it is understood by the Bidder, in the event of the annulment
of the award, that the amount of the Certified Check or Bid Bond submitted with the
Proposal may be forfeited to the use of the Owner, not as a penalty, but as liquidated
damages.
CONTRACT BOND
17.1.
The Successful Bidder must furnish, within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, a
Performance Bond and a Labor and Materials Payment Bond for 100% of the total
Contract Price, in triplicate, with corporate surety authorized to do business in the State of
Delaware, the form and surety to be approved by the Owner, with a Warrant of Attorney to
confess judgment thereon attached thereto.
17.2.
Whenever surety or sureties on the Bonds so furnished in accordance with the preceding
paragraph shall be deemed by the Owner to be insufficient or unsatisfactory, it may, in its
discretion, within ten (10) days after notice to that effect, mailed to the address of the
Contractor, require the Contractor to furnish and deliver a new bond in the same penalty
and on the same conditions, with surety satisfactory to the Owner, and this duty shall
continue on the part of the Contractor whenever and so often as the Owner shall require a
new bond with a satisfactory surety or sureties. Upon failure of the Contractor to furnish
the aforesaid new bond within ten (10) days after said notice is mailed to his address, the
Owner may withhold all payments due to the Contractor, stop all further work under said
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-7 OF 9
Contract, and re-let the unfinished work at the expense of the Contractor, in any manner in
which it may deem best to protect the interests of the Owner.
18.
COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
Work at the site shall be commenced within ten (10) calendar days after the date of the Contract
and Bonds and shall be completed within the time stated in the Contract Documents.
19.
MATERIAL SAMPLES
Before any Contract is awarded, the Bidder may be required to furnish a complete statement of the
origin, composition and manufacture of any and all materials to be used in the work, together with
samples, which samples may be subjected to the tests provided for in these specifications to
determine their quality and fitness for the work.
20.
PREBID CONFERENCE
A mandatory Pebid Conference will be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Owner’s Authorized Representative will record minutes for the Prebid Conference and
prepare such Addenda as deemed necessary by the Owner or Owner’s authorized representative
to adequately answer Bidders questions. Oral statements will not be binding.
21.
KEY DATES / MILESTONES
The following dates and milestones apply to this Request for Proposals (RFP) and subsequent
contract award. Vendors are advised that these dates and milestones are not absolute and may
change due to unplanned events during the proposal and award process.
Activity
First Advertisement for Bids
Second Advertisement for Bids
Bid Documents Available to Bidders
Mandatory Pre-bid Conference
Written Questions Due
Written Answers Issued
Bids Due
Public Proposal Opening
Target Contract Award
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
Due Date
April 7, 2016
April 14, 2016
April 8, 2016
April 15, 2016
April 29, 2016
May 4, 2016
3:00 PM, May 11, 2016
3:00 PM, May 11, 2016
May 13, 2016
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-8 OF 9
END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE IB-9 OF 9
PROPOSAL
DIAMOND STATE PORT CORPORATION
PORT OF WILMINGTON
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
Submitted To: Randall M. Horne, P.E.
Director, Engineering & Maintenance
Diamond State Port Corporation
Port of Wilmington
1 Hausel Road
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Submitted By:
(Name of Bidder)
(Address of Bidder)
(Telephone Number of Bidder)
Dear Sir:
We,
(Name of Bidder) have received the Bidding Documents
for the subject project, including the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Special
Conditions, and the Drawings and Specifications included in the Project Manual. We have also received
the Addenda acknowledged below and have included their provisions in our Bid. We have examined the
Bidding Documents and the premises and submit the following bid to perform all required work:
BID
Base Bid –
Lump Sum Base Bids Item LS-1
Price
Mobilization/Demobilization
$
(
In words
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
)
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-1 OF 10
Item LS-2
Price
Item LS-3
Price
Item LS-4
Price
Item LS-5
Price
Item LS-6
Price
Item LS-7
Price
Item LS-8
Price
Sediment and Erosion Control Measures
$
(
In words
Stormwater Management
$
(
In words
)
Bulk Excavation and Grading
$
(
In words
)
Geotextile Fabric and Graded Aggregate Base
$
(
In words
Paving Including Pavement Markings
$
(
In words
Incoming Electrical Service
$
(
In words
)
)
)
)
Power Distribution to Site Lighting and Site Lighting
$
(
)
In words
Total Lump Sum Base Bid (LS-1 + LS-2 + LS-3 + LS-4 + LS-5 + LS-6 + LS-7 + LS-8)
$
(
)
In words
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-2 OF 10
Unit Price Base Bids –
There are no unit price Base Bids
Total Base Bid (Total Lump Sum base Bid + Total Unit Price Base Bid)
$
(
In words
)
Alternate Bids –
Add Alternate Bids
Item AA-1
Power Distribution to Refer Outlet Assemblies and
Installation of Refer Outlet Assemblies
Price $
(
)
In words
ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addendum Number
Date of Addendum
GENERAL STATEMENT
The undersigned has checked all of the above figures, and understands that the Owner will not be
responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in preparing this Bid.
In submitting this Bid, it is understood that the right is reserved by the Owner to reject any or all bids and
waive all technicalities and informalities in connection therewith. It is agreed that this Bid may not be
withdrawn for a period of 60 days from time of opening.
The undersigned declares that the person or persons signing this Bid is/are fully authorized to sign on
behalf of the firm listed to all the Bid’s conditions and provisions thereof.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-3 OF 10
It is agreed that no persons or company other than the firm listed below or as otherwise indicated has any
interest whatsoever in this Bid or the Contract that may be entered into as a result of this Bid and that in all
respects the Bid is legal and firm, submitted in good faith without collusion or fraud.
It is agreed that the undersigned has complied and/or will comply with all requirements of local, state and
national laws, and that no legal requirements have been or will be violated in making or accepting this Bid,
in awarding the contract to him and/or in the prosecution of the work required.
COMPLETION DATE
Should (I)/(We) be awarded the contract, (I)/(We) will complete all the work required as indicated in the
Contract Documents.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Owner will suffer
financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified plus any extensions thereof allowed in
accordance with General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in
proving the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of
requiring any such proof, it is agreed that as liquidated damages for delays (but not as a penalty),
Contractor shall pay Owner the Liquidated Damages as indicated I the Contract Documents for the time
worked after the time specified for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After
Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the
time specified for completion and readiness for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by
Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner the Liquidated Damages as indicated in the Contract Documents for
each day that expires after the time specified for completion and readiness for final payment.
CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT
With the acceptance of this contract, it is to be understood and agreed that should this project be stopped
for any valid reason by the Owner, the cost of all work completed to date and any materials which cannot
be returned for credit or have been ordered and cannot be cancelled will be paid in full. Contractor shall be
entitled to a fee applied to the cost of the work and materials completed at the time of the notice of
cancellation as determined by the owner. All materials purchased from the Subcontractor shall become the
property of the Owner and shall be delivered to the job site.
We have attached the required Bid Bond, Consent of Surety, Non-Collusion Statement, Equal Opportunity
Statement, and Subcontractor Listing to this bid.
Respectfully submitted,
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-4 OF 10
Signature when Bidder is an individual:
(Date)
(Firm Name)
(Owner)
Signature when bidder is a partnership:
(Date)
(Firm Name)
(Signature of Partner)
(Signature of Partner)
(Signature of Partner)
Signature when Bidder is a Corporation:
(Date)
(Firm Name)
By:
(Corporate Seal)
Title:
(Telephone No.)
(Delaware Business License #)
(Employer I.D.#)
(Signature)
(Name Typed)
(Title)
(SEAL IF BIDDER IS A CORPORATION)
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-5 OF 10
Attachments:
Consent of Surety
Subcontractor Listing
Bid Bond (AIA form, not included)
Non-Collusion Statement
Equal Opportunity Statement
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-6 OF 10
NON-COLLUSION STATEMENT
Gentlemen:
This is to certify that the undersigned Bidder has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any
agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise engaged in any illegal activities in the process of
securing this Contract (DSPC Contract No. 10-6103; New Chiquita Chassis Yard, Redevelopment of the
Lafarge Rock Storage Yard) with the Diamond State Port Corporation.
BY:
(Signature of Bidder)
Corporate Seal
Attest:
Secretary
SWORN to and SUBSCRIBED before me this
day of
, 20
.
My Commission Expires:
Notary Public
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-7 OF 10
CONSENT OF SURETY
DATE:
TO:
Diamond State Port Corporation
Port of Wilmington
1 Hausel Road
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Gentlemen:
We, the
(Surety Company's Name)
(Surety Company's Address)
a Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Delaware, hereby agree that if
(Bidder’s Name)
(Bidder's Address)
is awarded Contract No.
, we will write the Performance
(Contract Number)
Bond and Payment Bond required by the Contract Documents.
(Surety Company's Name)
By:
(Attorney-in-Fact)
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-8 OF 10
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
If awarded this Contact, we,
, (name of Bidder) will award
subcontracts to the following subcontractors. Where we intend to perform the work with our own forces,
our name is listed as subcontractor.
CONTRACTOR
NAME AND ADDRESS
DE BUSINESS NO.
Earthwork
Paving
Concrete
Electrical
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-9 OF 10
REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTAL OF THE
EQUALITY OPPORTUNITY STATEMENT
“During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows”
“The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed,
color, sex or natural origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and
that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, creed, color, sex or national origin. Such
action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or
recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training,
including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places available to employees and
applicants for employment notices to be provided by the contracting agency setting forth the provisions of this
nondiscrimination clause.
The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the
Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to
race, creed, color, sex or national origin.”
(Contractor’s Name)
(Contractor’s Address)
(Authorized Representative)
(Signature)
(Date)
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PROPOSAL
PAGE P-10 OF 10
CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and executed this _________ day of
the Diamond State Port Corporation (the “Owner”) and
(hereinafter designated as the “Contractor”).
, 2016, by and between
,
WHEREAS, the Owner desires to retain the services of Contractor for the purpose of performing certain
services, hereinafter described; and
WHEREAS, the Contractor desires to perform such services on the terms and conditions and for the
consideration set forth below;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual convenants and agreements of the parties herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereby agree as follows:
Article 1.
The Contractor will perform, furnish and deliver all of the Work required by, and in
accordance with, the Advertisement for Bids issued by the Owner, published on April 7, 2016 and
April 14, 2016; the Drawings and Technical Specifications of Contract No. 10-6103; as well as the General
Conditions for the Contract for Construction, AIA Form A201, 2007 Edition, as modified (attached hereto);
the Special Conditions; and the Supplementary Special Conditions, all of which, together with the
Instructions to Bidders, Forms of Proposals and Bonds and other documents relevant thereto, the parties
acknowledge as part of, and incorporate into, this Contract.
Article 2.
The Contractor represents that the Contractor’s Proposal, submitted in response to the
Advertisement for Bids, Instructions to Bidders and the related documents, fully satisfies the requirements
of the Owner as reflected in those documents and, on the basis of that representation, the Owner accepts
the Contractor’s Proposal and agrees to pay the Contractor for its work, when completed in accordance
with all of the Contract Documents, the total amount of
($XX,XXX,XXX.00),
payments to be made in the manner and upon the conditions set forth in this Contract as contained in the
General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, as modified.
Article 3.
This Contract shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the
laws of the State of Delaware. The Contractor hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the courts
of the State of Delaware and of any federal courts located within the State of Delaware for all purposes in
connection with any action or proceeding brought pursuant to, or which otherwise arises out of or relates
to, this Contract. This provision is not intended to in any way limit the provisions of Section 7.2 of the
Special Conditions, incorporated into and made part of, the General Conditions of the Contract for
Construction, as modified.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REHABILITATION OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONTRACT
PAGE C-1 OF 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner and the Contractor have duly executed and delivered this Agreement
as of the day and year above written.
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
________________________
DIAMOND STATE PORT CORPORATION
By:
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
________________________
____________________________________
EUGENE R. BAILEY
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
(CONTRACTOR)
By:
____________________________________
Name:
Title:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REHABILITATION OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONTRACT
PAGE C-2 OF 2
FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond Number:
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that we,
, as principal
("Principal"), and
,a
corporation, legally authorized to do business in the State of Delaware, as surety ("Surety"), are held and
firmly bound unto the Diamond State Port Corporation ("Owner") in the amount of
($
), to be paid to Owner, for which payment well and truly to
be made, we do bind ourselves, our and each and every of our heirs, executors, administrations, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, for and in the whole, firmly by these presents.
Sealed with our seals and dated this
day of
, 2016.
NOW THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if Principal, who has been awarded by Owner
that certain contract known as Contract No. 10-6103, New Chiquita Chassis Yard, Redevelopment of the
Lafarge Rock Storage Yard, dated the
day of
2016 (the "Contract"), which
Contract is incorporated herein by reference, shall well and truly provide and furnish all materials, appliances
and tools and perform all the work required under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Contract
and the Contract Documents (as defined in the Contract) or any changes or modifications thereto made as
therein provided, shall make good and reimburse Owner sufficient funds to pay the costs of completing the
Contract that Owner may sustain by reason of any failure or default on the part of Principal, and shall also
indemnify and save harmless Owner from all costs, damages and expenses arising out of or by reason of the
performance of the Contract and for as long as provided by the Contract; then this obligation shall be void,
otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect.
Surety, for value received, for itself an its successors and assigns, hereby stipulates and agrees that the
obligation of Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of time,
modification, omission, addition or change in or to the Contract or the work to be performed there under, or by
any payment there under before the time required therein, or by any waiver of any provisions thereof, or by
any assignment, subletting or other transfer thereof or of any work to be performed or any monies due or to
become due there under; and Surety hereby waives notice of any and all such extensions, modifications,
omissions, additions, changes, payments, waivers, assignments, subcontracts and transfers and hereby
expressly stipulates and agrees that any and all things done and omitted to be done by and in relation to
assignees, subcontractors, and other transferees shall have the same effect as to Surety as though done or
omitted to be done by or in relation to Principal.
Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no modifications, omissions or additions in or to the terms of the
Contract shall in any way whatsoever affect the obligation of Surety and its bond.
Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in
the State of Delaware. Notices to Surety or Contractor may be mailed or delivered to them at their respective
addresses shown below.
FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND
PAGE PERB-1 of 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Principal and Surety have hereunto set their hand and seals, and such of them as
are corporations have caused their corporate seal to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by
their duly authorized officers, the day and year first above written.
PRINCIPAL
Name:
Address:
By:
Witness or Attest:
(Signature)
(Signature)
(Name)
(Name)
(Title)
(Title)
(Corporate Seal)
SURETY
Name:
Address:
By:
Witness or Attest:
(Signature)
(Signature)
(Name)
(Name)
(Title)
(Title)
(Corporate Seal)
FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND
PAGE PERB-2 of 2
FORM OF PAYMENT BOND
Bond Number:
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that we,
, as principal
("Principal"), and
,a
corporation, legally authorized to do business in the State of Delaware, as surety ("Surety"), are held and
firmly bound unto the Diamond State Port Corporation ("Owner") in the amount of
($
), to be paid to Owner, for which payment well and truly to
be made, we do bind ourselves, our and each and every of our heirs, executors, administrations, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, for and in the whole, firmly by these presents.
Sealed with our seals and dated this
day of
, 2016.
NOW THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if Principal, who has been awarded by Owner
that certain contract known as Contract No. 10-6103, New Chiquita Container Yard, Redevelopment of the
Lafarge Rock Storage Yard, dated the
day of
2016 (the "Contract"), which
Contract is incorporated herein by reference, shall well and truly pay all and every person furnishing materials
or performing labor or service in and about the performance of the work under the Contract, all and every
sums of money due him, her, them or any of them, for all such materials, labor and service for which Principal
is liable, shall make good and reimburse Owner sufficient funds to pay such costs in the completion of the
Contract as Owner may sustain by reason of any failure or default on the part of Principal, and shall also
indemnify and save harmless Owner from all costs, damages and expenses arising out of or by reason of the
performance of the Contract and for as long as provided by the Contract; then this obligation shall be void,
otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect.
Surety, for value received, for itself an its successors and assigns, hereby stipulates and agrees that the
obligation of Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of time,
modification, omission, addition or change in or to the Contract or the work to be performed there under, or by
any payment there under before the time required therein, or by any waiver of any provisions thereof, or by
any assignment, subletting or other transfer thereof or of any work to be performed or any monies due or to
become due there under; and Surety hereby waives notice of any and all such extensions, modifications,
omissions, additions, changes, payments, waivers, assignments, subcontracts and transfers and hereby
expressly stipulates and agrees that any and all things done and omitted to be done by and in relation to
assignees, subcontractors, and other transferees shall have the same effect as to Surety as though done or
omitted to be done by or in relation to Principal.
Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no modifications, omissions or additions in or to the terms of the
Contract shall in any way whatsoever affect the obligation of Surety and its bond.
Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in
the State of Delaware. Notices to Surety or Contractor may be mailed or delivered to them at their respective
addresses shown below.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Principal and Surety have hereunto set their hand and seals, and such of them as
FORM OF PAYMENT BOND
PAGE PAYB-1 of 2
are corporations have caused their corporate seal to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by
their duly authorized officers, the day and year first above written.
PRINCIPAL
Name:
Address:
By:
Witness or Attest:
(Signature)
(Signature)
(Name)
(Name)
(Title)
(Title)
(Corporate Seal)
SURETY
Name:
By:
Witness or Attest:
(Signature)
(Signature)
(Name)
(Name)
(Title)
(Title)
(Corporate Seal)
FORM OF PAYMENT BOND
PAGE PAYB-2 of 2
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
1.1.
Whenever in these Special Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following
terms or pronouns in place of them are used, their intent and meaning shall be interpreted as
follows:
1.1.1.
1.1.2.
1.1.3.
1.1.4.
1.1.5.
1.1.6.
“Addenda”
Written or graphic instructions issued prior to the opening of Bids
which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents.
“Alternate Bid (Alternate)” An amount stated in the Proposal, where applicable, to
be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding
change in project scope or materials or methods of construction described in the
Bidding Documents is accepted.
“Base Bid” The sum stated in the Proposal for which the Bidder offers to perform
the work described as the Base Bid, to which work may be added or deducted
for sums stated in the Alternate Bids, (if any are required to be stated in the
Proposal).
“Bidding Documents” The advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal
Form, all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids, and the proposed Contract
Documents.
“Owner’s Authorized Representative” The Authorized Representatives of the
Diamond State Port Corporation (Port of Wilmington).
“Owner”
The Diamond State Port Corporation (Port of Wilmington, referred
to herein as “Owner”, “Port”, and/or “Corporation”). For this Project, the
representatives of the Port of Wilmington authorized to make decisions on behalf
of the Owner with regard to the Contract are:
Mr. Eugene R. Bailey
Executive Director
Diamond State Port Corporation
Mr. Randall M. Horne, P. E.
Director, Engineering & Maintenance
Diamond State Port Corporation
1.1.7.
1.1.8.
1.1.9.
“Port” The Diamond State Port Corporation (Port of Wilmington).
“Project Completion” The Work has progressed to the point where, in the opinion
of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, it is sufficiently complete and ready for
final payment.
“Proposal”
The written offer of the Bidder setting forth the prices for the Work
to be performed.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-1 of 31
1.1.10.
1.2.
2.
“Unit Price” An amount stated in the Proposal, where applicable, as a price per unit
of measurement for materials or services as described in the Contract Documents.
The headings and subheadings printed in these Specifications are intended for convenience
or reference only and shall not be considered as having any particular bearing on the
interpretation thereof.
PRELIMINARY ITEMS
2.1.
Delivery of Contract, Bonds, and Other Information:
2.1.1.
2.2.
Drawings and Specifications Furnished to Contractor:
2.2.1.
2.3.
The Contractor will be supplied by the Owner with a reasonable number of copies
of the Drawings and Specifications and he shall have available on the site at all
times during the prosecution of the work one (1) copy of said Drawings and
Specifications.
Contract Times:
2.3.1.
2.4.
Contractor shall deliver to the Owner the required number of executed contracts
along with such Bonds as required by these Special Conditions, and all other
additional information as required.
The Contract Times will commence to run from the date the contract is executed
by the Contractor, as indicated in the Contract in writing by the Contractor.
Prior to Start of Construction:
2.4.1.
Contractor shall submit to the Owner for review the following items prior to the start
of Construction:
2.4.1.1.
Proposed Construction Schedule indicating the dates for starting and
completing the various phases of the Work. This construction
schedule shall also illustrate the critical path of the proposed
construction sequence.
2.4.1.2.
Preliminary Shop Drawing and Sample submittal schedule listing each
of the submittals required by the Contract Documents. This schedule
shall indicate the dates on which the items will be submitted to the
Owner’s Authorized Representative for review.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-2 of 31
2.5.
Preconstruction Conference:
2.5.1.
3.
Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall schedule a Preconstruction
Conference to be held at the project site or other suitable location at the Port of
Wilmington. The Contractor, Owner, Owner’s Authorized Representatives, and all
other appropriate parties shall be in attendance to discuss and address the project
schedule, points of contact for the various parties involved, procedures for
submittals and applications for payment, and all other necessary and relevant
items.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3.1.
Intent of Plans and Specifications:
3.1.1.
3.1.2.
3.1.3.
3.1.4.
The Drawings and Specifications for each Contract are intended to fully prescribe
the work to be done, the materials to be furnished, the manner of accomplishing
the work, the time within which the work is to be completed, and the means of
payment to the Contractor.
The Drawings and Specifications are further intended to complement and
supplement each other. Any work required by either one shall be performed.
Should any work be required which is not denoted in the Specifications or on the
Drawings, but which is nevertheless necessary for the proper performance of the
Project, such work shall be performed as fully as if it were described and
delineated.
If any discrepancy be found on the Drawings between a figured dimension and a
scaled dimension, the figured dimension shall govern. If any discrepancy be found
between the Drawings and Specifications, the requirements of the Drawings shall
govern. If there be a discrepancy between the Standard Specifications and the
Special Conditions, the requirements of the Special Conditions shall govern. The
Executive Director of the Diamond State Port Corporation, or his designee, (The
“Director”), shall have the right to correct apparent errors or omissions in the
Drawings and Specifications and to make such interpretations as he may deem
necessary for the proper fulfillment of the intent of the Drawings and
Specifications.
The approved Drawings attached to and made a part thereof will show the details
and dimensions of the work contemplated, which shall be performed in strict
accordance therewith and in accordance with the Specifications. There shall be
no deviation from the Drawings, Specifications, etc., on account of the exigencies
of construction, unless approved by the Owner and the Owner’s Authorized
Representative in writing.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-3 of 31
4.
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
4.1.
5.
The Contract Documents indicate the limits of construction and defines the project site on
which the proposed Work is to be performed. Access to said lands and use of additional
lands, if any, for laydown and storage of materials, equipment, and trailers are also indicated
in the Contract Documents.
BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1.
Performance, Payment and Material Bonds:
5.1.1.
5.2.
The Contractor shall furnish the Owner within ten (10) calendar days after the
Notice of Award, along with the executed copies of the Contract, Performance
and Labor and Material Payment Bonds each in the amount of the Contract
Price. These Bonds shall be issued by a surety Company, qualified to do
business in the State of Delaware, and satisfactory to the Owner. These Bonds
shall remain in effect for a period of not less than one year after final completion
of the Contract Work, except as provided otherwise by Laws and Regulations.
Compensation and Liability Insurance:
5.2.1.
5.2.2.
Except as otherwise provided by law, the Contractor shall, at all times, maintain
and keep in force such insurance as will protect him from claims under workmen's
compensation acts, also such insurance will protect him and the Owner from any
other claims for damages for personal injuries, including death, which may arise
from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the Contractor
or by any subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,
in the amount specified below. The Contractor shall also, at all times, maintain
and keep in force such insurance, in the amounts specified below, as will protect
him and the Owner, its agents and employees from all suits, actions, claims,
demands, damages, losses, expenses, and/or costs of every kind and description
to which the Owner may be subjected or put by reason of injury (including death)
to persons or property resulting from the manner or method employed by the
Contractor, his agents and employees, or subcontractors, or from any neglect or
default of the Contractor, his agents, employees, or subcontractors, in the
performance of this contract, or any part thereof, or from, by, or on account of any
act or omission of the Contractor, his agents and employees, or subcontractors,
and whether such suits, claims, actions, demands, damages, losses, expenses,
and/or costs be against, suffered, or sustained by other corporations and persons
to whom the Owner, its agents and employees, may become liable therefore.
Accordingly, the Contractor shall obtain, at the Contractor’s expense, the
following insurance coverages and associated minimum coverage limits:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-4 of 31
5.2.2.1.
5.2.2.2.
5.2.2.3.
5.2.2.4.
5.2.3.
5.3.
The Diamond State Port Corporation (Port of Wilmington) shall be named as an
additional insured on all such Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability,
and Excess Liability Insurance policies. Evidence thereof shall be provided to
the Owner upon the Contractor’s execution of the Contract.
No Limitation of Liability:
5.3.1.
6.
Worker’s Compensation coverage as required by the law; and
Employer’s Liability coverage in the minimum amount of five hundred
thousand dollars ($500,000.00) per accident/ per employee.
Commercial General Liability (occurrence form) including Contractual
Liability covering Bodily Injury (including death) and Property
Damage in combined single limit in the minimum amount of one
million dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence.
Business Automobile Liability covering Bodily Injury (including death)
and Property Damage in a combined limit in the minimum amount of
one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence.
Excess Liability coverage in the minimum amount of four million
dollars ($4,000,000.00).
It is understood and agreed that any and all duties, liabilities, and/or obligations
imposed upon or assumed by the Contractor and the Surety, or either of them by
or under the Contract Documents, shall be taken and construed to be cumulative,
and that the mention of any specific duty, liability, or obligation imposed upon or
assumed by the Contractor and/or Surety under the Contract Documents shall not
be taken or construed as a limitation or restriction upon any or all of the other
duties, liabilities and/or obligations imposed upon or assumed by the Contractor
and/or Surety by or under the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1.
General:
6.1.1.
The Contractor shall begin work to be performed under the contract within ten (10)
days after the date of the contract. The place where the work is to be started will
be designated on the ground by the Owner’s Authorized Representative. The
work shall be prosecuted from as many different points, in such part or parts and at
such time as may be directed, and shall be conducted in such a manner and with
sufficient materials, equipment, and labor as is considered necessary to insure its
completion within the time set forth in the contract.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-5 of 31
6.1.2.
6.1.3.
6.2.
Work to be Performed:
6.2.1.
6.3.
The work required of the Contractor comprises the performance and completion of
the Project, including the furnishing of all materials, equipment, transportation,
labor and all else necessary therefore and incidental thereto, final cleaning up, the
payment of all due obligations, and the replacing of defective work and materials,
all as provided herein and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications or
as ordered by the Director.
Contractor’s Responsibility for Work:
6.3.1.
6.4.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction of work at proper lines
and elevations and no plans as to instructions or orders received from any source
other than the information contained in the Drawings or Specifications, or in written
orders of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, shall justify departure from the
lines and elevations as shown on the Drawings.
All things required by the Contract Documents to be done, furnished, and/or
installed shall be done, furnished and/or installed by the Contractor at his entire
cost and expense, unless otherwise provided therein.
The Contractor assumes full responsibility for materials and equipment employed
in the construction of the Project and agrees to make no claim against the
Corporation for damages to such materials and equipment from any cause
whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or non-execution of the work. Until
final acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall be responsible for damage to or
destruction of the Project, or to any part thereof, due to any cause except as
otherwise hereinafter specified, shall rebuild, repair, restore, or compensate for
injuries and/or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above
causes before its completion and acceptance, and shall bear the expense thereof,
or it shall be deducted from moneys due him or to become due him under the
Contract.
Employees and Equipment:
6.4.1.
6.4.2.
The working force, equipment and working site provided by the Contractor for the
Project shall at all times be adequate and sufficient to insure the completion of the
Project within the time stipulated therefore. When, in the opinion of the Director,
the working force, the equipment or the working site, or any or all of them, are
inadequate or insufficient to insure completion within said time, the Director may
order the Contractor to correct the deficiency and the Contractor shall comply with
such order.
The Contractor and his subcontractors shall not engage, on a full or part-time or
other basis during the period of the contract, any of the professional or technical
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-6 of 31
6.4.3.
6.4.4.
6.5.
personnel of the Owner or of any agency of any state, county or municipality, who
are or have been at any time during the period of the Contract, or for 30 days prior
to the award of the Contract, in the employ of such public agencies, except
regularly retired employees, without the written consent of the public employer of
such personnel.
The Contractor shall attend to the work personally or through a competent,
English-speaking superintendent on the work, authorized to receive and carry out
instructions. The workmen shall be competent and shall perform their work in a
neat and workmanlike manner. Any workman not properly qualified for his work or
who is doing it in an unsatisfactory manner or contrary to the Specifications or the
Director's instructions, or who is disorderly, shall be discharged if so requested by
the Director, and shall not be employed again on the Project except with the
approval of the Director. The superintendent and the number of workmen shall be
sufficient, in the opinion of the Director, to insure the completion of the Project
within the time stipulated therefore.
The Contractor shall employ only competent and efficient laborers, mechanics or
artisans. Whenever, in the opinion of the Director, any employee is careless or
incompetent, obstructs the progress of the work, acts contrary to instructions, or
conducts himself improperly, the Contractor shall, upon the request of the Director,
discharge him from the work and shall not again employ him on the Project except
with the written consent of the Director.
Quality of Materials and Workmanship:
6.5.1.
6.5.2.
All materials furnished and all work done in carrying out the contract shall be of the
best quality and especially adapted to the services required. Wherever the
characteristics of any materials are not particularly specified, such materials shall
be used as is customary in first class work of the nature for which the material is
employed. The source of supply and quality of each of the materials shall be
approved by the Owner’s Authorized Representative before the delivery is started.
Representative preliminary samples of the character and quality herein described
shall be submitted by the Contractor when indicated or directed, for examination or
test, and written approval of the quality of such samples shall be received by the
Contractor prior to obtaining materials from the respective sources of supply. Only
such materials as conform to the requirements of these Specifications shall be
used in the work. All materials proposed to be used may be inspected at any time
during the progress of their preparation and use. All materials shall be approved
before being incorporated in the work, and shall be new and unused.
Materials shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness
for the work. When considered necessary, they shall be placed on wooden
platforms, or other hard, clean surfaces, and not on the ground, and shall be
placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be located so as to
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-7 of 31
facilitate prompt inspection. Lawns, grass plots, or other private property shall not
be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee.
6.6.
Project Schedule:
6.6.1.
6.7.
Contractor shall be responsible for adhering to the accepted progress schedule
submitted to the Owner at the start of the project Work. Contractor shall
periodically (as required, but not less than once a month) submit to the owner an
updated progress schedule indicating progress to date and any revisions which
may be required, but which will not affect the final completion date of the project.
Subcontractors:
6.7.1.
6.7.2.
6.7.3.
6.7.4.
The Contractor shall give his personal attention to the faithful performance of the
work, shall keep the same under his control, and shall not assign the contract by
power of attorney or otherwise, nor sublet the work or any part thereof, without the
previous written consent of the Owner’s Authorized Representative; he shall state
to the Owner’s Authorized Representative in writing the name of each
subcontractor he intends employing, the portion of work which he is to do or the
materials which he is to furnish, his place of business and such other information
as the Owner’s Authorized Representative may require, in order to know whether
or not said subcontractors are reputable and reliable and able to perform the work
or to furnish the materials as called for in the Specifications. No subcontractor
shall be engaged upon any branch of the work who is not thoroughly practical and
responsible and at the time of making this contract, conducting business in the
particular branch or trade for which he is employed.
The Contractor shall submit a written list of all subcontractors, if any, to be used in
connection with this Contract to the Owner along with the Proposal Form.
Subcontracts, if any, shall be let promptly after the signing of the contract, and
shall (except as noted herein) only be let to those Subcontractors listed and
submitted to the Owner as indicated above. The Owner reserves the right to reject
the use of any Subcontractors for any reason whatsoever, or to consent in writing
to the substitution of a Subcontractor, with assessment of a penalty against the
Contractor as appropriate, where Subcontractor has failed to execute a timely
contract, defaulted in performance of work covered by the contract, or is no longer
in such business.
The Contractor shall not, either legally or equitably, assign any of the moneys
payable under the contract, or his claims thereto, unless by and with the consent
of the Owner’s Authorized Representative.
The Contractor shall not be released from any of his liabilities or obligations under
this contract should any subcontractor or subcontractors fail to perform in the
satisfactory manner the work undertaken by him or them. Nothing contained in the
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-8 of 31
6.7.5.
6.8.
Substitutions:
6.8.1.
6.8.2.
6.8.3.
6.8.4.
6.8.5.
6.9.
contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the
Owner.
The Contractor agrees that he is fully responsible to the Owner for the acts or
omissions of his subcontractor, and of persons either directly or indirectly
employed by them, as he is for the acts or omissions of persons directly or
indirectly employed by him.
It is distinctly understood that where an item is specified or the terms “or equal”
and/or “but not limited to” are used, that the Proposal will be submitted on a
commodity specified. If the Contractor wishes to submit to the Owner’s Authorized
Representative a commodity or commodities which he considers equal to that
specified, and desires to make a substitution, he will furnish to the Owner’s
Authorized Representative all necessary data, catalogs, samples, etc. in reference
to same for Owner’s Authorized Representative’s decision as to whether the item
is considered “or equal”, not later than ten (10) days prior to the bid opening. If the
Owner’s Authorized Representative decides that such commodity or commodities
meet the standard required, they will issue an Addendum including the item under
list of acceptable items.
Any request for the use of a substitute material, apparatus, etc. will state where an
installation is readily available for inspection; complete fabrication details and
operating and maintenance performances.
Failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph 6.8.1 above may be
considered sufficient reason for rejection of the entire Proposal.
A statement setting forth any changes, or that no additional labor and materials to
those specified must be furnished. The burden of proof of the merit of the
proposed substitution is on the proposer.
Manufacturers and/or Material Suppliers not listed in the Specifications desiring
approval of their products by the Owner’s Authorized Representative as
acceptable substitutions for those specified will apply for consideration of their
products through the Contractor bidding upon the project. The Contractor
receiving the request for product approval, will forward a letter (using his firm’s
letterhead) regarding the request, including any comments he may have
concerning the request to the Owner’s Authorized Representative for
consideration. In addition, the Contractor will attach the manufacturer’s original
letter of request or a copy of same, plus any literature, etc., received, to his letter,
to the Owner’s Authorized Representative.
Liability of Contractor:
6.9.1.
Whenever the Contractor is required by the existing State, Federal, local or
municipal law, ordinance, rules or regulations, or by any State, Federal, local, or
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-9 of 31
municipal laws, ordinances, rules or regulations that may be enacted hereafter
pertaining to the work to be done under this Contract, to secure any permits or
licenses to carry on any operation or operations in connection with the
performance of the Contract and/or to act under the direction or supervision of an
Owner’s official and/or employee in connection with any such operation or
operations, the Contractor shall be solely liable for all suits, actions, costs and
damages of every kind and description resulting or which may result, directly or
indirectly, from any such operation or operations and shall indemnify and save
harmless the Owner from any and all suits, actions, costs, and damages of every
kind and description arising or which may arise, directly or indirectly from the said
operation or operations.
6.10.
Laws to be Observed:
6.10.1.
6.11.
The Contractor at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, local
and municipal laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations in any manner effecting the
work, and all such orders or decrees as exist at present and those which may be
enacted later, of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over the
work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all its officers, agents,
and servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of
any such law, ordinance, regulation, rule, order, or decree, whether such violations
be by the Contractor, or any subcontractor, or any of their agents, and/or
employees.
Prevailing Wage Rates:
6.11.1.
For purposes of wages to be paid with respect to work done on this project, the
project shall be considered by the contractor and all subcontractors as if it were a
public construction contract. The Contractor, and all subcontractors shall,
therefore, be required to comply with the Delaware Prevailing Wage Regulations,
latest revision, which stipulates the rules and regulations to implement the
provisions of Title 29 Del. C. 6960, “Wage provisions in public construction
contracts.” A copy of the current minimum wages to be paid under this contract to
various classes of laborers and mechanics as determined by the Department of
Labor of the State of Delaware is included in the Contract Documents. The
Contractor shall submit certified payroll statements to the Department of Labor in
accordance with the Delaware Prevailing Wage Regulations.
6.12.
Delinquent Taxes, Etc.:
6.13.
The Owner shall have the right to set off against all moneys due and payable under the
provisions of this contract the sum representing the total amount of delinquent taxes and/or
water sewer charges owed the Owner by the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. The
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-10 of 31
moneys so set off shall be credited to the amount shown by the tax and or water sewer
records to be delinquent, said records shall be prima facie evidence of the true and correct
amount of taxes and or water sewer charges due to the Owner.
6.13.1.
6.14.
Record Documents:
6.14.1.
6.15.
The term "delinquent taxes" as used herein applies only to uncollected taxes,
license fees, and penalties owed by the Contractor or subcontractor, a subsidiary,
or principal owner thereof; "principal owner" as used herein is one which owns a
majority share or otherwise maintains a controlling interest in the Contractor or
subcontractor. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of its intention to
make the aforesaid set off. If the Contractor and the Owner cannot agree as to
either the amount or propriety of the set off, a formal hearing shall be held. The
scope of said hearing shall be limited to the Contractor's good faith objections as
to the validity or propriety of the tax and/or water sewer assessment or
contemplated set off. If the dispute remains extant, the amount subsequently set
off shall be deemed paid under protest.
The Contractor shall maintain at all times at the site a record copy of all
Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, and all other relevant written contract
documents in good condition and shall indicate all changes made during
construction. These record documents shall be submitted to the Owner and
Owner’s Authorized Representative following completion of the proposed Work.
Safety and Protections:
6.15.1.
6.15.2.
The Contractor shall be responsible to establish, implement, maintain, and
supervise all safety precautions, protections, and programs in connection with the
project Work. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of
any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect
them from damage, injury or loss.
The Contractor at all times shall conduct the work in such a manner as to insure
the least obstruction to traffic practicable. The convenience of the general public
and of the residents and occupants or property along and adjacent to the work
shall be provided for in an adequate and satisfactory manner. Materials stored
upon highway shall be placed so as to cause as little obstruction to the traveling
public as is considered necessary. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work shall
be kept accessible to fire apparatus at all times, and no material or obstruction
shall be placed within fifteen (15) feet of any such hydrant. Footways and portions
of highways and streams adjoining the work under construction shall not be
obstructed more than is absolutely necessary. All gutters and sewer inlets shall be
kept unobstructed at all times. In no case, shall any traveled thoroughfare be
closed without permission of the Owner’s Authorized Representative.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-11 of 31
6.16.
Cleaning Up:
6.16.1.
6.16.2.
6.17.
The Contractor shall at his own expense, keep the sites of his operations clean
during the construction and remove all rubbish as it accumulates.
Upon failure of the Contractor to keep sites of his operation clean to the
satisfaction of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, the Owner may upon
twenty-four (24) hours notice to the Contractor, remove any rubbish, materials,
earth, etc., which the Owner’s Authorized Representative may deem necessary,
charging the cost thereof to the Contractor and may deduct the amount from any
moneys that may be due him. On or before the completion of the work, the
Contractor shall, without charge therefore, tear down and remove all his buildings
and temporary structures built by him, shall remove all rubbish of all kinds from any
grounds which he has occupied, and shall leave the site of the work in a clean and
neat condition.
Maintenance of Traffic:
6.17.1.
6.17.2.
The Contractor shall submit a maintenance of traffic plan for approval by the
Owner’s Authorized Representative seven (7) days prior to start of work. The
maintenance of traffic plan shall contain only approved traffic control devices and
methods of operation in accordance with the State of Delaware "Manual on Traffic
Control for Street/Highway Construction and Maintenance Operations." The
Contractor shall not perform any work until the maintenance of traffic plan has
been approved in writing by the Owner’s Authorized Representative.
The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without
obtaining permission, and shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and
private property, trees, monuments, etc., along and adjacent to the work and shall
use every precaution necessary to prevent damage or injury to property or
persons. He shall use suitable precautions to prevent damage to pipes, conduits,
and other underground structures and shall protect carefully from disturbances or
damage of all and monuments and property marks until an authorized agent has
witnessed or otherwise referenced their location, and shall not remove them until
directed. The Contractor shall not willfully nor maliciously injure or destroy trees or
shrubs and shall not remove or cut them without proper authority. He shall be
strictly responsible for any and all damage or injury of every kind and description,
which directly or indirectly may be done to any property or sustained by any
persons during the prosecution of the work resulting from any wrongdoing,
misconduct, want of skill, or any negligence of himself or his agents and/or
employees, or at any time due to defective work or materials. Where or when any
direct or indirect damage on injury is done to public or private property by or on
account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work
or in consequence of the non-execution thereof on part of the Contractor, he shall
restore, at his own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-12 of 31
existing before such damage or injury was done by repairing, rebuilding, or
otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or
injury in an acceptable manner. In case of the failure on the part of the Contractor
to restore such property, or make good such damage or injury, the Owner’s
Authorized Representative may, upon three (3) days notice, proceed to repair,
rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be deemed necessary, and the
cost thereof may be deducted from any moneys due or which may become due to
the Contractor under this contract.
6.18.
Contractor’s Guarantee:
6.18.1.
The Contractor hereby guarantees all work performed under this contract for a
period of one (1) year from the date of the final acceptance of payment thereof by
the Owner as follows:
6.18.1.1.
6.18.1.2.
6.18.1.3.
6.18.1.4.
6.18.1.5.
6.18.1.6.
Against all faulty or imperfect materials and against all imperfect,
careless, and/or unskilled workmanship.
That the work performed under this contract, including all mechanical
and electrical equipment and appurtenances, and each and every part
thereof, shall operate (with proper care and maintenance) in a
satisfactory and efficient manner and in accordance with the
requirements of these contract documents.
The Contractor agrees to replace with proper workmanship and
materials, and to re-execute, correct, or repair, without cost to the
Owner, any work which may be found to be improper or imperfect
and/or which does not operate in a satisfactory manner or fails to
perform as specified.
The guarantee obligations assumed by the Contractor under these
contract documents shall not be held or taken to be in any way
impaired because of the Specifications, indication or approval by or on
behalf of the Owner of any articles, materials, means, combinations, or
things used or to be used in the construction, performance, and
completion of the work or any part thereof.
No use or acceptance by the Owner of the work or any part thereof,
nor any failure to use the same, nor any repairs, adjustments,
replacements, or corrections made by the Owner due to the
Contractor's failure to comply with any of his obligations under these
contract documents, shall impair in any way with the guarantee
obligations assumed by the Contractor under these contract
documents.
If, in the judgment of the Director, any part of the Project need be
replaced, repaired or made good during the specified guaranty period,
for the reasons stated above, he will so notify the Contractor in writing.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-13 of 31
6.18.1.7.
6.19.
Indemnification of the Port:
6.19.1.
7.
If the Contractor refuses or neglects to start such work within five (5)
calendar days from the date of service of such notice or at such other
time as the Director may designate, or if he fails to complete such work
within the time prescribed by the Director, then the Owner will have the
work done by others and the cost thereof shall be paid by the
Contractor or his Surety.
In an emergency, as determined by the Director, the Owner reserves
the right to immediately affect both temporary and permanent repairs,
or arrange for others to affect such repairs, at the expense of the
Contractor, and the Contractor agrees that, in such event, the Owner
will be reimbursed for such costs by the Contractor or by the Surety.
The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, its officers, agents
and servants and each and every one of them against and from all suits and costs
of every kind and description and from all damages to which the Director or Board
members or any of their officers, agents or servants may be subjected by reason
of injury to the person or property of others resulting from the performance of the
Project, or through the negligence of the Contractor, or through any improper or
defective design machinery, implements or appliances used by the Contractor in
the performance of the Project, or through any act or omission on the part of the
Contractor or his agents, employees or servants; and he shall further indemnify
and save harmless the Owner, its officers, agents and servants from all suits and
actions of any kind or character whatsoever which may be brought or instituted by
any subcontractor, material man or laborer who has performed work or furnished
materials in or about the Project or by, or on account of, any claims or amount
recovered for any infringement of patent, trademark or copyright, or for any
violation of any such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders or decrees, whether by
the Contractor himself or by any of his employees, subcontractors or suppliers. So
much money due to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be
considered necessary by the Corporation may be retained by the Owner and held
until such suits, actions, claims or amounts shall have been settled, and suitable
evidence to that effect furnished to the Corporation.
OWNER’S RIGHTS/ROLE
7.1.
General:
7.1.1.
The right is reserved by the Owner to do work with its own employees or by other
contractors and to permit public utility companies and others to do work during the
progress and within the limits of, or adjacent to, the Project, and the Contractor
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-14 of 31
7.1.2.
7.2.
Authority of Executive Director of the Diamond State Port Corporation (“Director”):
7.2.1.
7.3.
The Director, or his designee, shall act as referee in all questions arising under the
terms of the Contract between the parties hereto, and the decision of the Director
shall be final and binding. On all questions concerning the interpretation of
Drawings and Specifications, the acceptability, quality and quantity of materials or
machinery furnished and work performed, the classification of material, the
execution of the work and the determination of payment due or to become due, the
decision of the Director, or his designee, shall be final and binding.
Personal Liability:
7.3.1.
8.
shall conduct his work and cooperate with such contractors, utility companies and
others so as to cause as little interference as possible with their work. The
Contractor shall allow other contractors, utility companies and their agent’s access
to their work within the site of the Project. The Contractor shall and hereby does
agree to make no claims against the Owner for additional payment due to delays
or other conditions created by the operations of such other parties. If there be a
difference of opinion as to the respective rights of the Contractor and others doing
work within the limits of or adjacent to the Project, the Director will decide as to the
respective rights of the various parties involved in order to secure the completion
of the Owner work in general harmony and in a satisfactory manner. His decision
shall be final and binding on and shall not be cause for claims by the Contractor.
The Contractor will not be held responsible for damage to work performed on the
Contract or on other contracts within or adjacent to the site of the Project that may
be caused by or on account of the work of other contractors or utility companies.
The Contractor will be held responsible for any damage done or caused by his
work or forces to the work performed by other contractors or utility companies
within or adjacent to the site of the Project, and he shall repair or make good any
such damage in a manner satisfactory to the Director and without cost to the
Owner.
In carrying out the provisions of this Contract or in exercising any power or
authority granted them by their position, there shall be no liability upon the Director,
the Engineer, any Consulting Engineers that may be engaged for the Project by
the Owner, and their Authorized Representatives or assistants, either personally or
as officials of the Owner, it being understood that in such matters they act as
agents and representatives of the Owner.
OWNER’S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
8.1.
Review by Owner’s Authorized Representative:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-15 of 31
8.1.1.
8.1.2.
8.2.
Increase/Decrease of Quantities:
8.2.1.
8.2.2.
8.2.3.
9.
The work is to be carried out under the review of the Owner’s Authorized
Representative to his entire satisfaction. The work and materials shall be strictly of
the best quality of the kinds specified herein, and should any work or materials
other than those specified as shown be introduced into the construction of the
work, the Owner’s Authorized Representative, or his authorized agent, shall have
full power to reject them, and they shall be removed from the premises in three (3)
days by the Contractor after being notified to do so.
The Owner’s Authorized Representative shall in all cases determine the amount of
quantity, quality, acceptability of the work and materials which are to be paid for
under this contract and shall decide all questions in relation to said work and the
performance thereof; and shall, in all cases, decide questions which may arise
relative to the fulfillment of the contract to the obligations of the Contractor
thereunder.
The Owner’s Authorized Representative reserves the right to increase or diminish
the amount of quantity of any unit price item included in the Bid or Proposal,
wherever he deems it advisable or necessary so to do, and such increase or
diminution shall in no way vitiate the contract.
The Contractor shall be paid for the actual amount of quantity of authorized work
done or materials furnished under the unit price item of the "Bid or Proposal" at the
price bid stipulated for such item. In case the amount of quantity of any item is
increased as above provided, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any damages,
or increased compensation over and above the price bid for such item, and in case
the amount of quantity of any item is diminished as above, provided, the
Contractor shall not have any claim for damages on account of loss of anticipated
profits or otherwise, because of such diminution.
All work completed under the contract shall be measured by the Owner’s
Authorized Representative according to the United States Standards of Measures.
CHANGES IN WORK
9.1.
Alterations of Drawings or of Character of Work:
9.1.1.
The Owner’s Authorized Representative reserves the right to make such
alterations in the Drawings or in the character of the work as may be considered
necessary or desirable from time to time to complete fully and perfectly the
construction of the work. Should such alterations in the Drawings or in character
of the work result in increased cost or result in decreased cost to the Contractor, a
fair sum therefore to be determined by the Owner, after consultation with the
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-16 of 31
9.1.2.
9.2.
Unauthorized Work:
9.2.1.
9.3.
Contractor, shall be added to or deducted from the contract price, as the case may
be. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits on the work omitted.
The Contractor shall perform extra work, for which there is no quantity and price,
included in the contract, whenever, to complete fully the work contemplated, it is
deemed necessary or desirable, by written authority of the Owner’s Authorized
Representative, and such extra work shall be done in accordance with the
Specifications therefore, or in the best workmanlike manner as directed. This extra
work will be paid for at a unit price or lump sum to be agreed upon previously, in
writing, by the Contractor and the Owner’s Authorized Representative, or where
such a price or sum cannot be agreed upon by both parties, or where this method
of payment is impracticable, the Owner’s Authorized Representative may order the
Contractor to do such work on a "force account" basis.
Work done beyond the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or as given,
except as herein provided, or any extra work done without written authority, will be
considered as unauthorized and at the expense of the Contractor and will not be
measured by the Owner’s Authorized Representative or paid for by the Owner.
Work so done may be ordered removed and replaced by the Owner’s Authorized
Representative at the Contractor's expense.
Claims to be Made Promptly:
9.3.1.
9.3.2.
Should the Contractor be of the opinion, at any time or at times, that he is entitled
to any additional compensation whatsoever (over and above the compensation
stipulated in these contract documents or for quantities and/or amounts over and
above the quantities and/or amounts allowed or approved by the Owner’s
Authorized Representative), the damages, losses, costs, and/or expenses alleged
to have been sustained, suffered, or incurred by him in connection with the project
herein contemplated, he shall, in each instance, within seven (7) days after such
alleged damages, losses, costs, and/or expenses shall have been sustained,
suffered, or incurred, make a written claim therefore to the Owner’s Authorized
Representative. On or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the calendar month
succeeding that in which such damages, losses, costs, and/or expenses shall
have been sustained, suffered, or incurred, the Contractor shall file with the
Owner’s Authorized Representative a written, itemized statement of the detailed
amounts of each such claim or damage, loss, cost, and/or expense and unless
such claim for such additional compensation shall be held and taken to be
absolutely invalidated, and he shall not be entitled to any compensation on the
account of each such alleged damage, loss, cost, and/or expense.
The provisions of this section shall be held and taken to constitute a condition
precedent to the right of the Contractor to recover; they shall also apply to all
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-17 of 31
9.3.3.
10.
claims by the Contractor in any way relating to the complete project; and even
though the claims and/or work involved may be regarded as "outside the contract."
It is understood and agreed, however, that nothing in this section contained shall
be held or taken to enlarge in any way the rights of the Contractor or the
obligations of the Owner under these contract documents.
CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE
10.1.
General:
10.1.1.
10.1.2.
10.2.
The Contract Price is the total compensation payable to the Contractor for the
successful completion of the proposed Work stated in the Contract Documents.
No adjustment in the Contract Price shall be made for the performance of the
duties, responsibilities and obligations undertaken by the Contractor as relates to
the requirements of the Contract Documents.
The Contract Price may only be changed by a written Change Order or by a
Written Amendment signed by the Owner and Owner’s Authorized Representative.
The procedure for establishing a change in the Contract Price is outlined in the
above section 9.1, ‘Alterations of Drawings or of Character of Work:’.
Force Account Work:
10.2.1.
All extra work done on a "force account" basis will be paid for in the following
manner:
10.2.1.1.
10.2.1.2.
10.2.1.3.
10.2.1.4.
For all labor and foremen in direct charge of the specific operation, the
Contractor shall receive the rates of wage applicable to this contract,
for each and every hour that said labor and foreman are actually
engaged in such work.
For all material used, the Contractor shall receive the actual cost of
such materials, as shown by original receipted bills.
An additional amount of fifteen percent (15%) of the total cost of labor
and materials of 1 and 2 above shall be added to allow for profit and
overhead of the Contractor.
For any machine-power tools or equipment and for any hauling
equipment, including fuel and lubricants, which it may be deemed
necessary or desirable to use, the Owner’s Authorized Representative
shall allow the Contractor a reasonable rental price, to be agreed upon
in writing before such work is begun, for each and every hour that said
tools or equipment are in use on such work, and to its sum no
percentage shall be added. Hourly rental rates for Contractor-owned
equipment required for entire work will be established, at the Owners
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-18 of 31
discretion, from the Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment
using the adjusted monthly rate divided by 176.
10.2.2.
10.2.3.
10.2.4.
11.
The compensation as herein provided shall be received by the Contractor as
payment in full for extra work done on "force account" basis, and shall include
superintendents, use of tools and equipment to which no rental is allowed, and
profit. The Contractor's representative and the Inspector shall compare records of
extra work on a "force account" basis at the end of each day. Copies of these
records shall be made in duplicate, upon the Owner’s Authorized Representative's
"force account" forms provided for this purpose by the Inspector and signed by
both the Inspector and the Contractor's representative, one copy being forwarded
respectively to the Owner’s Authorized Representative and to the Contractor. All
claims for extra work done on a "force account" basis shall be submitted to the
Owner’s Authorized Representative by the Contractor upon certified triplicate
statements, which shall also include the value of all material used in such work,
and said statements shall be filed no later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the
month following that in which the work was actually performed and shall include all
labor charges, etc., and material charges insofar as they can be verified.
Should the Contractor refuse or fail to prosecute the work as directed or submit his
claim as required, then the Owner’s Authorized Representative may withhold
payment of all current estimates until the Contractor's refusal or failure is
eliminated, or after giving the Contractor due notice, the Owner’s Authorized
Representative may make payment for said work on the basis of reasonable
estimate of the value of the work performed.
On extra work as defined in this paragraph, the Contractor will be reimbursed for
his expenditures for Workmen's Compensation Insurance, Social Security taxes,
and Unemployment Compensation covering the men actually engaged upon such
work. No percentage will be added to such payments, but the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive only the actual amount of money expended for such Workmen's
Compensation Insurance, Public Liability Insurance, Social Security taxes, and
Unemployment Compensation. Such payments shall be based upon the
prevailing standard insurance rates supported by receipted vouchers from the
insurance vendors and upon the actual amount of taxes paid for Social Security
and Unemployment Compensation as evidenced by proper documents furnished
by the Contractor.
TESTING AND INSPECTION
11.1.
Test Agency:
11.1.1.
The Owner shall employ a testing agency to perform all necessary testing and
inspection as called for in the Contract Documents or as deemed necessary during
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-19 of 31
the course of the Construction. All costs for conducting the referenced testing and
inspection shall be paid for by the Owner, unless stated otherwise in the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with re-testing
of materials, work, installation, equipment, etc. which failed initial testing performed
by the Owner’s testing agency.
11.2.
Authority and Duties of Inspectors:
11.2.1.
11.2.2.
11.2.3.
11.3.
Access to Work:
11.3.1.
11.4.
Inspectors representing or acting on behalf of the Owner shall be authorized to
inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all
or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication or manufacture of the
materials to be used. The Inspector is not authorized to revoke, alter or waive any
requirements of the Contract. He is authorized to call the attention of the
Contractor to any failure of the work or materials to conform to the Contract. He
shall have the authority to reject materials or suspend the work until any questions
at issue can be referred to and decided by the Director. Such inspection will not
relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract. The Inspector's approval or acceptance of
materials furnished or work performed does not commit the Owner to the
acceptance thereof if such materials or work should later be found not to conform
to the requirements of the Contract.
The Inspector shall in no case act as foreman or perform other duties for the
Contractor, nor interfere with the management of the work by the latter. Any
advice which the Inspector may give the Contractor shall in no way be construed
as binding the Owner in any way or releasing the Contractor from fulfilling all of the
terms of the Contract.
If the Contractor refuses to suspend operations on verbal order, the Inspector will
issue a written order giving the reason for shutting down the work. After placing
the order in the hands of the Contractor's representatives in charge, the Inspector
will immediately leave the job. Work done during the absence of the Inspector will
not be accepted or paid for.
The Owner, the Owner’s Authorized Representative, or the Owner’s Inspectors,
may at any time enter upon the work and the premises used by the Contractor,
and the Contractor shall provide proper and safe facilities by means of ladders or
otherwise to secure convenient access to all parts of the work, and all other
facilities necessary for inspection, as may be required by the Owner, the Owner’s
Authorized Representative, or the Owner’s inspectors.
Inspection of Materials and Work:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-20 of 31
11.4.1.
11.5.
Defective Materials and Work:
11.5.1.
11.5.2.
11.6.
The Contractor shall furnish the Owner’s Authorized Representative with every
reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in
accordance with the requirements and intent of the Specifications and contract. If
the Owner’s Authorized Representative requests it, the Contractor, at any time
before acceptance of the work, shall remove and/or uncover such portions of the
finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore
said portions of the work to the standards required by the Specifications. Should
the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, removing,
replacing the covering, and/or making good the parts removed shall be paid for as
"Extra Work," but should the work exposed or examined prove unacceptable,
either in whole or in part, the uncovering, removing, replacing of the covering
and/or making good of the parts removed, shall be at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor shall use no materials in the work before they have been
approved, shall perform no work before the lines, grades and benchmarks have
been set and established, and shall perform no work not provided for in the
Contract unless a Change Order therefore has been issued. Work performed and
materials furnished which do not conform to the requirements therefore will be
rejected and shall be removed, replaced or repaired as the Director may order and
in a manner satisfactory to him, at the Contractor's expense. Materials that have
been rejected, the defects of which have been subsequently removed or
corrected, shall not be used unless approved by the Director.
Failure of the Contractor to remove and properly dispose of rejected work
immediately after receiving formal notice to do so may be sufficient cause for
annulment of the Contract, in which case the Owner may purchase materials, tools
and equipment, and employ labor or may contract with any other individual, firm or
corporation to perform the work. All costs and expenses incurred thereby shall be
charged against the defaulting Contractor and the amount thereof deducted from
any moneys due or which may become due him or shall be charged against the
Contract Bond.
Failure to Remove and Renew Defective Materials and Work:
11.6.1.
Should the Contractor fail or refuse to remove and renew any defective materials
used or work performed previously, or to make any necessary repairs in an
acceptable manner, and in accordance with the requirements of these
Specifications, within the time indicated in writing, the Owner’s Authorized
Representative shall have the authority to cause the unacceptable or defective
materials or work to be removed and renewed for such repair to be made at the
Contractor's expense. Any expense incurred by the Owner in making these
removals, renewals, or repairs, which the Contractor has failed or refused to make,
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-21 of 31
shall be paid out of the moneys due or which are to become due to the Contractor,
or may be charged against the "Contract Bond" deposited; and continued failure or
refusal on the part of the Contractor to make any or all necessary repairs,
removals and renewals, promptly, fully, and in an acceptable manner shall be
sufficient cause for the Owner to declare the contract forfeited, in which case, the
Owner at its option may be required to perform the work, or may contract with any
other individual, firm, or corporation to perform the work. All costs and expenses
incurred thereby shall be charged against the defaulting contractor, and the
amount thereof deducted from any moneys due or to become due him and/or shall
be charged against the "Contract Bond" deposited. The performance of any work
by the Owner and/or others as specified shall not relieve the contractor in any way
from his responsibilities under this contract.
11.7.
Test of Samples of Materials:
11.7.1.
12.
All tests of materials will be made by the Owner in accordance with official
approved methods as described or designated. The Contractor shall cooperate
with and assist the Owner’s Authorized Representative in taking samples and
packing them for shipment to a laboratory.
PAYMENT AND COMPLETION
12.1.
Scope of Payment:
12.1.1.
The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation, as provided in the Bid
or Proposal, in full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment,
performing all work contemplated and embraced under the contract and also for all
loss of damages arising out of the nature of the work, or from the action of the
element or from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions, which may arise or be
encountered during the prosecution of the work, until its final acceptance by the
Owner, and for risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the
work, until its final acceptance by the Owner, and for all risks of every description
connected with the prosecution of the work, also for all expenses incurred by, or in
consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the prosecution of the work
as herein specified, and for any actual or alleged infringement of patent, trade
name, or copyright and for completing the work and the whole thereof, in an
acceptable manner according to the Drawings and Specifications. The payment of
any current or final estimate, or of any retained percentage, shall in no way or in a
degree, prejudice, or affect the obligations of the Contractor, at his own cost and
expense, to renew or replace any defects and imperfections in the construction of
the work or in the strength of the quality of materials used in or about the
construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, as well as all
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-22 of 31
damages due or attributable to such defects, which defects, imperfections, or
damages shall be discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of
the work, and of which defects, imperfections, or damages, the Owner’s
Authorized Representative shall be the judge, and the said Contractor shall be
liable to the Owner for failure so to do.
12.2.
Partial Payment:
12.2.1.
12.2.2.
12.2.3.
12.3.
The Contractor shall submit an Application and Certificate for Payment (of
contractor), AIA Document G702, notarized, and Continuation Sheet, AIA
Document G703, notarized affidavits of compliance with prevailing wage rates,
once each month, for review by the Owner, or his designated representative.
The value of the application for payment is figured on the basis of the quantity of
work performed in accordance with the Contract, during the preceding month or
period, and the value thereof, figured of the basis of the schedule of values,
submitted at the beginning of the Contract.
From total of the amounts so ascertained will be deducted an amount equivalent to
five percent (5%) of the whole to be retained by the Owner until after the
completion of the entire contract, in an acceptable manner, and the balance or
sum equivalent to ninety percent (95%) of the whole, shall be paid to the
Contractor by the Owner.
Schedule of values of the various parts of work to be done under lump sum items
shall be agreed upon by the Contractor and the Owner’s Authorized
Representative, and such schedules shall be the basis for determining the amount
allowed the Contractor on account of such lump sum items, partial estimates or
payment under the contract.
Conditional Acceptance:
12.3.1.
Whenever, in the opinion of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, the
Contractor shall have completed the work in an acceptable manner in accordance
with the terms of the contract, the Owner’s Authorized Representative shall make
an inspection of the entire work, and upon inspection and acceptance, completion
of all repairs or renewals which may appear at the time to be necessary, in the
judgment of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, he shall certify to the Owner
in writing as to said completion, and as to the value thereof. The aforesaid
certificate shall be held and taken to evidence the conditional acceptance of the
entire work by the Owner as of the date thereof, and an additional two and one half
percent (2.5%) of the whole value of the work over and above any and all other
reservations and/or deductions which the Owner is, by the terms of the contract
documents or otherwise, entitled or required to make and obtain, and shall hold
said two and one half percent (2.5%) for a period of three (3) months from and
after the date of such certificate and conditional acceptance, and the Owner shall
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-23 of 31
be authorized to apply the whole or any part of said two and one half percent
(2.5%) so retained to any and all costs of repairs and renewals of the work and
appurtenances which may become necessary, in the judgment of the Owner’s
Authorized Representative, during such period of three (3) months on account of
any failure or defects in said work and appurtenances due to improper work done
or materials furnished by the Contractor, if the Contractor shall fail to make such
repairs or renewals within three (3) days after receiving notice from the Owner to
do so.
12.4.
Final Acceptance of Payment:
12.4.1.
Upon the expiration of the aforesaid three (3) months from and after the date of
certificate of conditional acceptance of the work, the Owner’s Authorized
Representative shall make final inspection of the entire work, and upon
confirmation of all repairs and renewals which may appear at that time to be
necessary in the judgment of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, he shall
certify to the Owner in writing as to the final acceptance of the entire project. The
Owner, upon receipt and approval of said certificate, shall pay, or cause to be paid
under the contract, except such sums which have already been paid and except
such sum or sums as may have been expended by the Owner under the
provisions of the contract documents and less any other deductions the Owners
may be otherwise entitled to make; provided, however, that before such final
payment is made, the following requirements shall be satisfied:
12.4.1.1.
12.4.1.2.
12.4.1.3.
There shall be no outstanding claims against the Contractor filed with
the Owner;
The Contractor shall have paid all due obligations and shall have
furnished, when directed by the Director, receipted bills or other
satisfactory evidence that all obligations incurred by him and by his
subcontractors in carrying out the Project have been satisfied;
The Contractor shall execute and deliver a final release substantially in
the following form:
"This is to certify that all just liens, claims and demands for labor,
materials and rental of equipment arising out of the prosecution of the
work under the above-named Contract are fully paid and satisfied and
that all of the work is fully released, freed and discharged from all
liens, claims and demands whatsoever, whether just or otherwise, of
any contractors, subcontractors, material men, suppliers, laborers,
artisans or architects.
In consideration of the final payment on said Contract, we hereby
remise, release and forever discharge the Diamond State Port
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-24 of 31
Corporation, its directors, officers, representatives, employees,
agents and servants from any and all manner of actions and cause of
actions, suits, debts, accounts, demands and liability of whatever
nature in law and in equity from anything done or furnished or in any
manner growing out of the doing of the work under this Contract
including any and all extra or reduction orders issued there under and
any agreements supplementary thereto, and anything whether known
or unknown, suspected or unsuspected or which we ever had, now
have or which our heirs, executors, administrators, successors or
assigns shall or may have; and we hereby agree to indemnify and
hold harmless the Corporation against any and all claims which
hereafter may be made or instituted against it by any contractors,
subcontractors, material men, suppliers, laborers, artisans or
architects for the purpose of enforcing a lien, claim or demand arising
out of the prosecution of the work under the above-named contract."
12.4.2.
12.5.
Last Payment to Terminate Liability of the Owner:
12.5.1.
12.6.
The last mentioned certificate issued by the Owner’s Authorized Representative
shall be deemed and accepted by all of the parties hereto as evidencing the final
completion and acceptance of the entire project, and the payment made by the
Owner to the Contractor pursuant to the issuance of said certificate of final
completion and acceptance shall be deemed to be accepted by all of the parties
hereto as the final payment to be made by the Owner to the Contractor, all prior
certificates or estimates upon which payments may have been made being partial
estimates and subject to correction in said final payment.
The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall operate as and be a
release to the Owner and every agent thereof from all claims and liabilities to the
Contractor for anything done or furnished or relating to the work, or for any act or
neglect of the Owner or any persons relating to or affecting this work.
No Estoppel or Waiver of Legal Rights:
12.6.1.
The Owner, or the Owner’s Authorized Representative, shall not be precluded or
estopped by any measurement, estimate, or certificate made or given by them, or
by any agent or employee of the Owner, under any provision or provisions of the
contract, at any time, either before or after the completion and acceptance of the
work and payment therefore, pursuant to any measurement, estimate or certificate
from showing the true and correct amount and character of the work performed
and materials furnished by the Contractor or from showing at any time that any
such measurement, estimate, or certificate is untrue or incorrectly made in any
particular, or that the work or materials or any part thereof, do not conform in fact
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-25 of 31
to Specifications and contract, and the Owner’s Authorized Representative shall
have the right to reject the whole or any part of the aforesaid work or materials,
should the said measurement, estimate, or certificate or payment be found or be
known to be inconsistent with the terms of the contract, or otherwise improperly
given, the Port shall not be precluded and estopped, notwithstanding any such
measurement, estimate, certificate, and payment in accordance therewith from
demanding and recovering from the Contractor and his Surety such damages as it
may sustain by reason of his failure to comply with terms of the Specifications and
contract. Neither the acceptance by the Owner, the Owner’s Authorized
Representative, or any agent or employee of the Owner, nor any certificate by the
Owner for payment of money, nor any payment for, nor acceptance or use of, the
whole or any part of the work, by the Owner or the Owner’s Authorized
Representative, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the Owner
or its employees, shall operate as a waiver of any portion of the contract, or of any
power herein reserved by the Owner, or any right to damages herein provided, nor
shall any waiver of any breach of the contract be held to be a waiver of any other
or subsequent breach.
12.7.
Materials and Work Not Paid for by the Contractor:
12.7.1.
12.8.
When written notice is given to the Owner’s Authorized Representative before or
within ten (10) days after the completion and conditional acceptance of the entire
work under the contract by persons having done work or furnished materials for
such contract that there is money due and unpaid for said work and materials, the
Contractor shall furnish the Owner’s Authorized Representative with satisfactory
evidence that said money has been fully paid or satisfactorily secured by him. In
case such evidence is not furnished as aforesaid, such amounts as may be
necessary to meet the claims of the persons or aforesaid may be retained from
any moneys due the Contractor under the contract until the liabilities aforesaid
shall be fully discharged or such notices withdrawn. The Owner or the Owner’s
Authorized Representative may also, with the written consent of the Contractor,
use any money retained, due or become due under the contract, for the purpose of
paying for both labor and materials for the work, for which claims have been filed in
the office of the Owner’s Authorized Representative.
Payments may be Withheld:
12.8.1.
Payments may at any time be withheld if the work is not proceeding in accordance
with the contract, or if, in the judgment of the Owner’s Authorized Representative,
the Contractor is not complying with requirements of the contract documents.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-26 of 31
12.9.
Maintenance, Repairs, Etc. After Completion:
12.9.1.
13.
The Contractor, at his entire cost and expense, shall maintain all portions of the
work included in the contract to meet the requirements of these Specifications for
and during a period of three (3) months from and after the date of the conditional
acceptance of the entire work by the Owner, and in addition, shall at his entire cost
and expense, make all repairs and replacements of the work and appurtenances
which may become necessary, in the judgment of the Owner’s Authorized
Representative, at any time or times, during said three (3) months, on account of
any failure or defects in said work and appurtenances due to improper work done
or materials furnished by the Contractor.
SUSPENSION OF WORK
13.1.
Temporary Suspension of Work:
13.1.1.
13.1.2.
If the Director should deem it advisable because of any conditions considered
unfavorable for the proper continuance of the work, he may notify the Contractor in
writing to suspend work on all or any part of the Project, and the Contractor shall
do no work where so suspended until he has received written notice from the
Director to resume work. When work is suspended as above provided, payments
for the completed parts of the work will be made as provided herein and a suitable
extension of time for completing the suspended work will be granted. No other
compensation or allowance will be made on account of such suspension unless it
shall be for more than 10 calendar days. Should the suspension be for more than
10 calendar days and should the Contractor be put to additional expense on
account thereof, he shall have the right to file with the Director a statement
showing the character and amount of such additional expense, and if the Director
deems it a proper charge, the Contractor will be reimbursed therefore. However,
he shall have no claim for additional expense for said first ten days of suspension,
and any claim allowance as above provided shall be filed, in writing with the
Director before the expiration of the first ten days of suspension. No payment will
be made for work done by the Contractor on suspended work. If the suspension
extends for one year and the value of the suspended work, based on bid prices
and estimated quantities, exceed 25 percent of the Total Price bid, the Director
will, at the Contractor's request, annul the Contract as provided herein. When said
value is 25 percent or less and the suspension extends for one year, the Director
will at the Contractor's request, by Change Order, omit the suspended work from
the Contract.
Should the prosecution of the work for any reason be discontinued by the
Contractor with the consent of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, he shall
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-27 of 31
notify the Owner’s Authorized Representative at least twenty-four (24) hours
before again resuming operations.
13.2.
Strikes, Etc.:
13.2.1.
13.3.
The Contractor shall adjust all strikes, or other labor troubles, and no allowance will
be made for such delays in the time limit herein named.
Annulment of Contract:
13.3.1.
If the Contractor fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified,
or fails to perform the work with sufficient materials to insure proper completion of
said work, except in cases for which an extension of time is provided, or shall
perform the work unsuitably or neglect or refuse to promptly remove materials or
again promptly perform such work as shall be rejected as defective or of unsuitable
or shall discontinue the prosecution of the work, or if the Contractor becomes
insolvent or to be declared bankrupt, or commit any act of bankruptcy or
insolvency, or allow any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period
of forty-eight (48) hours or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
shall fail to make prompt payment for all subcontractors and/or material, for
material and/or labor supplied, or shall disregard any State, Federal, local or
municipal laws, ordinances, rules, or regulations pertaining to the work or shall
disregard the instructions of the Owner’s Authorized Representative, or from any
other cause whatsoever shall not carry on the work in an acceptable manner, the
Owner’s Authorized Representative may give notice in writing, mailed to the
Contractor and/or Surety of such delay, neglect, default, specifying same, and if
the Contractor within the period of three (3) days after such written notice is
mailed, shall not proceed in accordance with same, then the Owner shall upon
written certificate from the Owner’s Authorized Representative of the fact such
delay, neglect, or default, and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice,
have full power and authority without prejudice to any of its other rights or
remedies and without violating the contract, to terminate the employment of said
Contractor and to take prosecution of the work out of the hands of said Contractor
and to take possession of the premises and to appropriate the use of any or all
materials, appliances, and equipment on the premises, and may enter into an
agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and
provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in its opinion, shall be deemed
expedient and necessary for the completion of said contract in accordance with the
Drawings and Specifications, and within such time as in the judgment of the
Owner, the public interests may require. In the event of any of the aforementioned
circumstances arising at any time or times, the Owner shall have the right to
withhold, without the payment of interest, any sum or sums of money due or to
become due the Contractor until the interests of the Owner have been fully
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-28 of 31
protected to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Authorized Representative. All costs
and expenses incurred by the Owner together with the cost of completing the work
under the contract, including the cost of additional managerial and administrative
services, if any, shall be deducted from the moneys due or which may become due
said Contractor. In the case of expense so incurred by the Owner shall be less
than the sum which would have been payable under the contract if it had been
completed by said Contractor, then the said Contractor shall be entitled to receive
the difference; and in case such expense shall exceed the sum which would have
been payable under the contract, Contractor and/or Surety shall be liable
therefore, and shall pay the amount of the differences to the Owner within ten (10)
days after written notices mailed to the Contractor and/or Surety. The expense,
loss, or damage, including the cost of additional managerial and administrative
services, if any, incurred by the Owner through the Contractor's default shall be
certified by the Owner’s Authorized Representative, and such certification shall be
conclusive and recognized and accepted as the correct amount of the loss
sustained by the Owner and all parties concerned.
14.
MISCELLANEOUS
14.1.
Remedies Cumulative:
14.1.1.
14.2.
All remedies provided in the contract documents shall be taken and construed to
be cumulative; that is, in addition to any and all other remedies provided therein
and to any remedies in law or equity which the Port would have in any case.
Water Supply:
14.2.1.
14.2.2.
14.2.3.
14.2.4.
Where water directly from the Port-owned water mains is available, it will be
supplied to the Contractor upon request and approval, at regular meter and/or
rental rates, at the nearest available hydrant or outlet, and no other water shall be
used for any purposes connected with the contract, except by permission of the
Owner’s Authorized Representative.
The Contractor will be required to provide approved, standard tight hose, and
fittings with which to make connection to hydrants and outlets. No improper,
wasteful, or undue use of water will be permitted.
The Contractor shall procure from the City of Wilmington Water Department or
other appropriate agency a regular wrench for use on hydrants and no other
wrench shall be used. He shall conform to all the rules and regulations of the
Water Department in connection with the use of water hydrants, pipes, etc.
Where water directly from the Port-owned water mains is not available, the
Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, provide such quantities of clean
water as may be required for any and all purposes under the contract. He shall
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-29 of 31
supply sufficient drinking water to allow his employees, but only from such sources
as are approved by the Owner’s Authorized Representative and no other water
shall be used for drinking purposes.
14.3.
Damage to Utilities:
14.3.1.
14.4.
Legal Address:
14.4.1.
15.
Should the Contractor or his workmen in the execution of this contract cause
damage to any underground construction, such as water, telephone, electric, and
police conduit, such damage shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his
own expense and under the direction of the Owner’s Authorized Representative; or
such repairs to the damaged utility or utilities may be made by employees of the
respective utility company or companies whose underground structure was
damaged by the Contractor or his workmen and such costs for these repairs shall
be paid by the Contractor.
The address given in the bid or proposal is hereby designated as the legal address
of the Contractor. Such address may be changed at any time by notice in writing
delivered to the Owner or the Owner’s Authorized Representative. The delivering
of such legal address or the depositing in any post office, in a postpaid, registered
wrapper direct to the above-mentioned address of any notice, letter, other
communication to the Contractor, shall be deemed to be a legal and sufficient
service thereof upon the Contractor.
CONTRACTOR ACCESS TO THE PORT OF WILMINGTON
15.1.
Definitions
DSPC –
Diamond State Port Corporation
Port –
Port of Wilmington
TWIC –
Transportation Worker Identification Credential
Escort -
Any individual who possess a valid TWIC card, has received the Escort
Training provided by DSPC and has been issued an Escort card and number
by DSPC. This individual could be an employee of the Contractor or a hired
Escort from the outside security service providing escort services at the Port.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-30 of 31
15.2.
Site Access Requirements
15.2.1. TWIC Card registered in DSPC system:
TWIC holders registered in the DSPC Access Control System have unrestricted
access to the Port.
15.2.2. TWIC holders not registered in the DSPC Access Control System
TWIC holders not registered in the DSPC Access Control System must to have
their name forwarded to the Main Gate by an authorized DSPC employee in order
to have access to the site. Notification to the Main Gate is require for each day
the individual requires access to the Port.
15.2.3. Non-TWIC’d Individuals
Non-TWIC’d Individuals only have access to the Port under the supervision of a
DSPC certified Escort. This applies to Contractor’s employees, subcontractors or
individual making deliveries to the Contractor. Escorting Non-TWID’d Individuals
will also require completion of an Escorting Compliance Form for each NonTWID’d Individual escorted.
15.3.
Escorting Requirements
15.3.1.
One certified Escort my escort up to five (5) individuals. All individuals under the
supervision of an Escorted must be within site distance of the Escort at all times
while on the Port.
15.3.2.
DSPC will not be responsible for escorting any of the Contractor’s employees,
subcontractors or deliveries to the site.
15.3.3.
Private, for-hire escorting services are available through Gettier Security.
Arrangements for private escorting services are to made directly with Gettier
Security.
END OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SC-31 of 31
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.
2.
INTRODUCTION
1.1
The Diamond State Port Corporation has received partial funding for this project under
Federal Law 111-117, Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2010.
1.2
In accepting Federal funding for the project, Owner has made certain assurances,
certification and other representation with respect to conformance with various Federal
laws, regulations and policies.
1.3
Additionally, Owner has agreed to make certain provisions of Federal legislation, Executive
Orders, Federal Regulation and Office of Management and Budget Circulars part of its
Agreement with Contractors material supplies, etc.
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
2.1
BUY AMERICAN ACT
2.1.1
2.2
FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT
2.2.1
2.3
The Project is a public building, public use, or public work as defined by the Buy
American Act at 41U.S.C. § 8301(1).
The Government is subject to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). The
Grantee should therefore be aware that all applications and related materials
submitted by the Grantee related to this Agreement will become agency records
and thus are subject to FOIA and to public release through individual FOIA
requests.
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
Owner, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat.
252, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders that it
will affirmatively ensure that for any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement,
disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids
in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race,
color, or national origin in consideration for an award.”
DSPC CONTRACT 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SSC-1 of 3
2.4
SAFE DRIVING
2.4.1
The Government encourages the Grantee and the State Department of
Transportation acting as the limited agent on behalf of the Grantee (if applicable),
to adopt and enforce workplace safety policies to decrease crashes caused by
distracted drivers including policies that bar text messaging while driving companyowned or –rented vehicles, or government-owned, leased, or rented vehicles or
privately-owned vehicles when on official government business or when
performing any work for or on behalf of the Government. See Executive Order
13513 “Federal Leadership on Reducing Text Messaging While Driving”, Oct. 1,
2009 (available at http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/2009/E9-24203.htm ) and DOT
Order 3902.10 “Text Messaging While Driving”, Dec. 30, 2009, as implemented by
Financial Assistance Policy Letter (No. FAP-2010-01, Feb. 2, 2010, available at
http://www.dot.gov/sites/dot.dev/files/docs/FAPL_2010-01.pdf. This includes, but
is not limited to, the Grantee and the State Department of Transportation acting as
the limited agent on behalf of the Grantee:
2.4.1.1 Considering new rules and programs or re-evaluating existing programs to
prohibit text messaging while driving;
2.4.1.2 Conducting education, awareness, and other outreach for employees
about the safety risks associated with texting while driving; and
2.4.1.3 Encouraging voluntary compliance with the agency’s text messaging
policy while off duty.
2.5
DAVIS BACON ACT
2.5.1
2.6
The Grantee agrees that it will comply with the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act,
40 U.S.C. 3141, et seq., as is specified in the Act.
FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS
2.6.1
By entering into the Agreement the Grantee assures and certifies, with respect to
this Grant, that it will comply with all applicable Federal laws, regulations,
executive orders, policies, guidelines, and requirements as they relate to the
application, acceptance, and use of Federal funds for this project. Performance
under this Agreement shall be governed by and in compliance with the following
requirements. The applicable provisions to the Agreement include but are not
limited to the following:
2.6.1.1
2.6.1.2
2.6.1.3
2.6.1.4
Nondiscrimination
Disclosure of lobbying activities
Requirements for a Drug-Free Workplace.
Certification regarding debarment, suspension, ineligibility and voluntary
exclusion -- lower tier covered transactions
DSPC CONTRACT 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SSC-2 of 3
END OF SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DSPC CONTRACT 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAGE SSC-3 of 3
PREVAILING WAGE RATES
DSPC Project 10-6103, New Chiquita Yard, Redevelopment of the Lafarge Stone Yard is a Prevailing
Wage Rate project.
Funding for the Project has been obtained from various sources including:
J
Allocations from the State of Delaware through the Bond and Capital improvements Act (“Bond
Bill”).
J
Allocations from the Federal Highway Administration pursuant to Federal Law 111-117,
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2010.
Accordingly, Prevailing Wage Rates for the Project are established by both the State of Delaware,
Department of Labor and the United States Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division. For a given
labor category, the higher of rates from the two (2) schedules shall apply.
The Prevailing Wage Rate Schedules that follow document the Wage Rates to be used on this project.
DSPC CONTRACT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK YARD
PREVAILING WAGE RATES
PAGE PWR-1 OF 1
Mailing Address:
225 CORPORATE BOULEVARD
SUITE 104
NEWARK, DE 19702
STATE OF DELAWARE
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL AFFAIRS
OFFICE OF LABOR LAW ENFORCEMENT
PHONE: (302) 451-3423
Located at:
225 CORPORATE BOULEVARD
SUITE 104
NEWARK, DE 19702
PREVAILING WAGES FOR HEAVY CONSTRUCTION EFFECTIVE MARCH 15, 2016
CLASSIFICATION
ASBESTOS WORKERS
BOILERMAKERS
BRICKLAYERS
CARPENTERS
CEMENT FINISHERS
ELECTRICAL LINE WORKERS
ELECTRICIANS
GLAZIERS
INSULATORS
IRON WORKERS
LABORERS
MILLWRIGHTS
PAINTERS
PILEDRIVERS
PLASTERERS
PLUMBERS/PIPEFITTERS/STEAMFITTERS
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
SHEET METAL WORKERS
SPRINKLER FITTERS
TRUCK DRIVERS
CERTIFIED :
NOTE:
NEW CASTLE
21.82
75 .62
46.43
52.81
43.05
72.73
65.10
20.17
54.38
60.19
43.60
66.83
75.26
72.97
18.99
82.03
61.36
30.35
32.70
31.56
KENT
SUSSEX
19.20
31.72
22.91
52.81
24.05
27.89
65.10
17.51
54.38
60.19
43.60
66.83
75.26
38.86
16.49
76.87
61.36
18.82
12.38
20.36
41.74
58.19
24.60
41.97
17.91
63.84
65.10
11.85
54.38
57.58
43.60
53.40
75.26
30.25
11.15
17.67
61.36
17.68
10.25
21.99
3..- IS-/C.
THESE RATES ARE PROMULGATED AND ENFORCED PURSUANT TO THE PREVAILING WAGE
REGULATIONS ADOPTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR ON APRIL 3, 1992.
CLASSIFICATIONS OF WORKERS ARE DETERMINED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR. FOR
ASSISTANCE IN CLASSIFYING WORKERS, OR FOR A COPY OF THE REGULATIONS OR
CLASSIFICATIONS, PHONE (302) 451-3423.
NON-REGISTERED APPRENTICES MUST BE PAID THE MECHANIC'S RATE.
THESE RATES ARE BEING PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DELAWARE'S FREEDOM OF INFORMATION
ACT.
THEY ARE NOT INTENTED TO APPLY TO ANY SPECIFIC PROJECT.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
1.
Time of Completeion and Liquidated Damages
1.1.
This Project must be complete and ready for use ((i.e., Substantial Completion) within
ninety (90) calendar year from the effective date of the Contract.
1.2.
The Owner shall deduct One Thousand dollars ($1,000.00) per calendar day from the
Contract Price for every calendar day in excess of the Time of Completion of one (1)
calendar year required for the Successful Bidder to achieve Substantial Completion of the
Project. Liquidated Damages are not intended to be and should not be construed to to be
penalty.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
PAGE LD-1 OF 1
LIST OF DRAWINGS
Drawings Prepared By -
Duffield Associates, Inc.
5400 Limestone Road
Wilmington, DE 19808
Project No. Project Title -
1679.CP
Chiquita Lease Lot A
Project No. 12-3114
and further identified as follows:
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C1 of 16 / SWM 1 of 10
Cover Sheet
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C2 of 16
Existing Conditions / Demolition Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C3 of 16
Existing Conditions / Demolition Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C4 of 16
Site and Grading Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C5 of 16
Site and Grading Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
DSPC PROJECT NO. 1 0-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK YARD
LIST OF DRAWINGS
PAGE LOD-1 OF 4
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C6 of 16 / SWM 2 of 10
Overall Pre-Construction Sediment & Stormwater Management Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C7 of 16 / SWM 3 of 10
Pre-Construction Sediment & Stormwater Management Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C8 of 16 / SWM 4 of 10
Pre-Construction Sediment & Stormwater Management Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C9 of 16 / SWM 5 of 10
Overall Construction Stormwater Management Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C10 of 16 / SWM 6 of 10
Construction Details
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C11 of 16 / SWM 7 of 10
Construction Sediment & Stormwater Management Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C12 of 16 / SWM 8 of 10
Post-Construction Sediment & Stormwater Management Plan
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
DSPC PROJECT NO. 1 0-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK YARD
LIST OF DRAWINGS
PAGE LOD-2 OF 4
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C13 of 16
Construction Details
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C14 of 16 / SWM 9 of10
Erosion & Sediment Control Details
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C15 of 16 / SWM 10 of10
Construction Details
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
C16 of16
Abbreviations and Legend Details
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawings Prepared By -
Gipe Associates, Inc.
8719 Brooks Drive
Easton, MD 21601
Job No. Project Title -
15107
Port of Wilmington
Parking lot Expansion Site
and further identified as follows:
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
EP1.1
Partial Site Plan – Power – New Work
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
DSPC PROJECT NO. 1 0-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK YARD
LIST OF DRAWINGS
PAGE LOD-3 OF 4
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
EL1.1
Partial Site Plan – Lighting – New Work
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
E0.1
Legend and Abbreviations - Electrical
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
E3.1
Details - Electrical
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
E3.2
Details - Electrical
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
E3.3
Details - Electrical
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
Drawing Number Drawing Title Revision Issue Date Issue Status -
E4.1
Schedules - Electrical
4/8/15
For Bidding and Permitting
DSPC PROJECT NO. 1 0-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK YARD
LIST OF DRAWINGS
PAGE LOD-4 OF 4
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
PERMITS, FEES, AND INSPECTIONS
EXAMINATION OF SITE
INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
ELECTRICAL WORK UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS
FIRE SAFE MATERIALS
REFERENCED STANDARDS, CODES, AND SPECIFICATIONS
SUBMITTALS
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SHOP DRAWINGS
DEFINITIONS
RECORD DRAWINGS
WARRANTY
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
INSTALLATION AND COORDINATION DRAWINGS
PART 2
2.1
2.2
PRODUCTS
GROUT
FOAM DUCT SEALANT
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
GENERAL
EXECUTION
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
SUPPORTS, HANGERS, AND FOUNDATIONS
PAINTING AND FINISHES
COLOR SELECTION
PROTECTION OF WORK
OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT
WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS
EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS
OUTAGES11
CUTTING AND PATCHING
CONCRETE AND MASONRY WORK
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 1
SECTION 260500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
Electrical equipment coordination and installation.
2.
Sleeves for raceways and cables.
3.
Foam duct sealant.
4.
Grout.
5.
Common electrical installation requirements.
B.
Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for and incidental to the
complete installation and operation of all electrical work.
C.
Unless otherwise specified, all submissions shall be made to, and acceptances and approvals
made by the Architect and the Engineer.
D.
Contract Drawings are generally diagrammatic and all offsets, fittings, transitions and
accessories are not necessarily shown. Furnish and install all such items as may be required to
fit the work to the conditions encountered.
E.
Arrange conduits, equipment, and other work generally as shown on the Contract Drawings,
providing proper clearance and access. Where departures are proposed because of field
conditions or other causes, prepare and submit detailed shop drawings for approval in
accordance with Article “Submittals” specified below. The right is reserved to make reasonable
changes in location of equipment, boxes, conduit/wiring, and devices, up to the time of rough-in
or fabrication.
F.
Conform to the requirements of all rules, regulations and codes of local, state and federal
authorities having jurisdiction.
G.
Coordinate the work under Division 26 with the work of all other construction trades.
H.
Be responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, procedures, and phasing
sequences used in the work. Furnish all tools, equipment and materials necessary to properly
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 2
perform the work in first class, substantial, and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the
full intent and meaning of the Contract Documents.
1.3
PERMITS, FEES, AND INSPECTIONS
A.
Obtain all permits and pay taxes, fees and other costs in connection with the work. File
necessary plans, prepare documents, give proper notices and obtain necessary approvals.
Deliver inspection and approval certificates to Owner prior to final acceptance of the work.
B.
Permits and fees shall comply with Division 01 Section, General Requirements.
C.
Notify Inspection Authorities to schedule inspections of work.
D.
Notify Architect and Engineer in advance of scheduled inspections.
E.
An electrical foreman, superintendent or other supervisor shall be in attendance for all
scheduled inspections.
1.4
EXAMINATION OF SITE
A.
Examine the site, determine all conditions and circumstances under which the work must be
done, and make all necessary allowances for same. No additional cost to the Owner will be
permitted for Contractor’s failure to do so.
B.
Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual Specifications sections.
C.
Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct
locations.
1.5
INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS
A.
Any discrepancies between Drawings, Specifications, Drawings and Specifications, or within
Drawings and Specifications shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Owner during the
bidding period. No allowance shall subsequently be made by reason of failure to have brought
said discrepancies to the attention of the Owner during the bidding period or of any error on the
Bidder’s part.
B.
The locations of products shown on Drawings are approximate. Place the devices to eliminate
all interference with overhead ducts, piping, etc. Where any doubt exists, the exact location
shall be determined by the Owner.
C.
All general trades and existing conditions shall be checked before installing any outlets, power
wiring, etc.
D.
Equipment sizes shown on the Drawings are estimated. Before installing any wire or conduit,
obtain the exact equipment requirements and install wire, conduit, or other item of the correct
size for the equipment actually installed. However, wire and conduit sizes shown on the
Drawings shall be taken as a minimum and shall not be reduced without written approval from
the Owner.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 3
E.
Where variances occur between the Drawings and Specifications or within either document
itself, the item or arrangement of better quality, greater quality, or higher cost shall be included
in the Contract Price. The Engineer will decide on the item and manner in which the work shall
be installed.
F.
Contract Drawings are generally diagrammatic and all offsets, fittings, transitions, and
accessories are not necessarily shown. Furnish and install all such items as may be required to
fit the work to the conditions encountered. Arrange conduits, equipment, and other work
generally as shown on the Contract Drawings, providing proper clearance and access. Where
departures are proposed because of field conditions or other causes, prepare and submit detailed
Shop Drawings for approval in accordance with Article “Submittals” as herein after specified.
The right is reserved to make reasonable changes in location of equipment, conduit/wiring, and
devices, up to the time of rough-in or fabrication.
G.
Work not specifically outlined, but reasonably incidental to the completion of the work, shall be
included without additional compensation from the Architect, Engineer, and Owner.
H.
Perform the work in a first-class, substantial and workmanlike manner. Any materials installed
which do not present an orderly and neat workmanlike appearance shall be removed and
replaced when so directed by the Engineer, at the Contractor’s expense.
I.
Contact and coordinate service entrance equipment and layout with local power company prior
to ordering or installing any service entrance equipment. Contractor shall furnish and install all
incoming raceway and service entrance cables. If the power company plans to install cable
and/or conduit, Contractor is responsible for proper coordination of cable, conduit, lug sizes,
etc., for proper interface between utility owned/installed equipment and Contractor-installed
equipment.
J.
The Owner shall make the application for electrical service and pay for all service charges, as
coordinated with the Contractor.
K.
The complete set of Civil and Electrical Drawings and Specifications apply to this work. The
successful Bidder shall familiarize himself with all other related documents.
1.6
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A.
Materials and equipment installed as a permanent part of the project shall be new, unless
otherwise indicated or specified, and of the specified type and quality.
B.
Where material or equipment is identified by proprietary name, model number and/or
manufacturer, furnish named item, or its equal, subject to approval by Engineer. Substituted
items shall be equal or better in quality and performance and must be suitable for available
space, required arrangement, and application. Submit all data necessary to determine suitability
of substituted items, for approval.
C.
The suitability of named item only has been verified. Where more than one item is named, only
the first named item has been verified as suitable. Substituted items, including items other than
first named shall be equal or better in quality and performance to that of specified items, and
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 4
must be suitable for available space, required arrangement and application. Contractor, by
providing other than the first named manufacturer, assumes responsibility for all necessary
adjustments and modifications necessary for a satisfactory installation. Adjustments and
modifications shall include but not be limited to electrical, structural, support, and architectural
work.
D.
Substitution will not be permitted for specified items of material or equipment where noted.
E.
All items of equipment furnished shall have a service record of at least five (5) years.
1.7
ELECTRICAL WORK UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS
A.
Civil Equipment and Systems
1.
In general, any electrically operated or controlled equipment furnished under Civil
divisions shall be supplied with control wiring, transformers, contacts, etc.
2.
Division 26 shall provide power circuits to such equipment and a disconnecting means
for each piece of equipment, as well as all electrical control equipment and wiring related
thereto.
3.
Civil Equipment refers to, but is not limited to the following:
a.
1.8
Site Lighting
FIRE SAFE MATERIALS
A.
1.9
Unless otherwise indicated, materials and equipment shall conform to UL, NFPA and ASTM
standards for fire safety with smoke and fire hazard rating not exceeding flame spread of 25 and
smoke developed of 50.
REFERENCED STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
A.
Specifications, Codes and Standards listed below are included as part of this Specification,
latest edition:
1.
ADA
-
Americans with Disabilities Act
2.
ANSI
-
American National Standards Institute
3.
ASTM
-
American Society for Testing and Materials
4.
CSA
-
Canadian Standards Association
5.
DNREC
-
Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control
6.
EPA
-
Environmental Protection Agency
7.
FM
-
Factory Mutual
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 5
8.
IBC
-
International Building Code
9.
IEEE
-
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
10.
NEC
-
National Electrical Code
11.
NECA
-
National Electrical Contractors Association
12.
NEMA
-
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
13.
NFPA
-
National Fire Protection Association
14.
OSHA
-
Occupational Safety and Health Act
15.
UL
-
Underwriters' Laboratories
B.
The application standards of the local electric utility company.
C.
Electrical construction materials shall, where a listing is normal for the particular class of
material, be listed in Electrical Construction Materials List of the Underwriters' Laboratories,
Inc. (U.L.) and shall bear the listing label. Electrical equipment shall, where a listing is normal
for the particular class of equipment, be listed in the Electrical Appliance and Utilization
Equipment List of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) and shall bear the listing label.
Materials and equipment listed and labeled as "approved for the purpose" by other nationally
recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency or approved organization (such as E.T.L. or
Factory Mutual) shall be acceptable.
1.10
A.
1.11
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Include complete descriptive product data for items specified in Part 2 of this
Section.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
Refer to Division 01, Section “Submittal Procedures” for requirements in addition to those
indicated herein.
B.
Equipment, materials, installation, workmanship and arrangement of work are subject to review
and acceptance. No substitution will be permitted after acceptance of equipment or materials
except where such substitution is considered by the Architect, and/or Engineer, to be in the best
interest of the Owner.
C.
After acceptance of Material and Equipment List, submit six (6) copies, or more as required
under the General Conditions, of complete descriptive data for all items as outlined below.
D.
Electronic submittals shall be prepared as a Portable Document Format (PDF) file and shall
include as page 1 the Contractor’s stamp, followed by the submittal contents. Submittal form
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 6
shall identify the Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier, and pertinent Contract
Document references.
E.
Submittals shall consist of specifications, product data sheets, manufacturer’s catalog cuts,
dimensional shop drawings, wiring diagrams, installation instructions, samples, and any other
information necessary to indicate complete compliance with Contract Documents.
F.
Submittals shall include, but not be limited to, the following information: size, type, functional
characteristics, compliance with standards in Division 26, required service access which shall be
suitable for intended location and use, electrical service connections and requirements, and
deviations from Contract Document requirements.
G.
Identify submittals, indicating intended application, location and service of submitted items.
Refer to Specification sections or paragraphs and Drawings where applicable.
H.
Clearly indicate exact type, model number, style, size, operating characteristics, ratings, options
and special features of proposed item specifically for application to this project. Submittals of a
general nature will not be acceptable.
I.
Submit actual operating conditions or characteristics for all equipment where required
capacities are indicated. Factory order forms showing only required capacities will not be
acceptable. Call attention, in writing, to deviation from contract requirements.
J.
Thoroughly review and stamp all submittals to indicate compliance with contract requirements
prior to submission. Coordinate installation requirements and all electrical requirements for
equipment submitted. The Contractor shall be responsible for correctness of all submittals.
K.
Submittals will be reviewed for general compliance with design concept in accordance with
Contract Documents, but dimensions, quantities, or other details will not be verified.
L.
For any submittal requiring more than two (2) reviews by the Engineer (including those caused
by a change in subcontractor or supplier) the Owner will withhold Contractor's funds by a
change order to the contract to cover the cost of additional reviews. One review is counted for
each action including rejection or return of any reason.
M.
For substituted items, clearly list on the first page of the submittal all differences between the
specified item and the proposed item. The Contractor shall be responsible for corrective action
and maintaining the Specification requirements if differences have not been clearly indicated in
the submittal.
N.
Acceptance will not constitute waiver of contract requirements unless deviations are specifically
indicated and clearly noted. Use only final or corrected submittals and data prior to fabrication
and/or installation.
O.
Every submittal including, but not limited to the list below, shall be forwarded with its own
transmittal as a separate, distinct submittal. Identify all submittals by the name of the
item/system and the applicable Specification Section and/or Drawing number. Grouping of
items/systems that are not related shall be unacceptable.
Items and Systems
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
Access Doors
Analysis & Coordination Study
Arc Flash Hazard Analysis
Arc Flash Hazard Labels
Circuit Breakers
Conductors and Cables - 600V or Less
Conduit and Raceway
Connectors and Splices
Disconnect (Safety) Switches
Equipment Nameplates/Labels
Foam Duct Sealant
Fuses, 600V or Less
Ground Conductors
Ground Rods
Grout
Handholes
Hangers and Supports
Identification Products
Installation/Coordination Drawings
Junction and Pull Boxes, Standard Sizes
Lighting Calculations
Lighting Contactors
Lighting Fixtures, Exterior
Operation and Maintenance Manual
Outlet and Device Boxes
Qualification Data
Receptacles
Record Drawings
Substations
Surge Protective Devices
Switchboards
Testing Agency Qualifications
Test Reports
Toggle/Snap Switches
Underground Ductbank Products
Wiring Diagrams
P.
Submit for approval any other submittals as required by the Architect, Engineer, or Owner. No
item listed above shall be delivered to the site, or installed, until approved. After the proposed
materials have been approved, no substitution will be permitted except where approved by the
Engineer.
Q.
For resubmissions, the Contractor must address in writing all of the Engineer’s comments on
the original submission to verify compliance.
1.12
A.
SHOP DRAWINGS
Prepare and submit Shop Drawings for all electrical equipment, specially fabricated items,
modifications to standard items, specially designed systems where detailed design is not shown
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 8
on the Contract Drawings, or where the proposed installation differs from that shown on
Contract Drawings.
B.
Shop drawings shall include identification of products being installed, compliance with
specified standards, notation of coordination requirements, notation of dimensions verified by
field measurement, etc. Do not base shop drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents
or standard printed data.
C.
Submit shop drawings concurrent with product data.
associated product data will be returned without review.
D.
Shop Drawing diagrams shall indicate device location, service, type, make, model number and
the identification number of each device in the particular system.
E.
Submit for approval any other shop drawings as required by the Architect, Engineer, or Owner.
No item listed above shall be delivered to the site, or installed, until approved. After the
proposed materials have been approved, no substitution will be permitted except where
approved by the Engineer.
F.
For any shop drawing requiring more than two (2) reviews by the Engineer (including those
caused by a change in subcontractor or supplier) the Owner will withhold Contractor's funds by
a change order to the contract to cover the cost of additional reviews. One review is counted for
each action including rejection or return for any reason.
G.
Refer to individual Specification Sections and Contract Drawings for additional shop drawing
requirements.
H.
For resubmissions, the Contractor must address in writing all of the Engineer’s comments on
the original submission to verify compliance.
1.13
Shop drawings received without
DEFINITIONS
A.
Approve: To permit use of material, equipment or methods conditional upon compliance with
contract documents requirements.
B.
Building Line: Exterior wall of building.
C.
Concealed: Hidden from sight in/below grade or embedded in construction.
D.
Conduits: Include conduit, all fittings, identification, and other accessories relative to such
conduit.
E.
Contractor: The Electrical Contractor and any of his subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or
fabricators.
F.
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber
G.
Exposed: Not installed underground or concealed as defined above.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 - 9
H.
Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces,
pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceiling,
unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels.
I.
Furnish and install or Provide: To supply, erect, install, and connect to complete for readiness
for regular operation, the particular work referred to.
J.
Location, Damp: Locations protected from water and not subject to saturation with water or
other liquids, but subject to moderate degrees of moisture. Examples of such locations include
interior locations such as basements, crawlspaces, attics, cold-storage rooms, etc…
K.
Location, Dry: A location not normally subject to dampness or wetness. A dry location may
temporarily be subject to dampness or wetness during building construction.
L.
Location, Wet: Locations subject to saturation with water or other liquids, locations exposed to
weather, and installations underground or in concrete slabs or masonry in direct contact with the
Earth. Examples of such locations include all exterior locations (including those under
canopies, roofed open porches, etc…) commercial kitchens, and vehicle washing areas.
M.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
N.
Review:
Limited observation or checking to ascertain general conformance with design
concept of the work and with information given in contract documents. Such action does not
constitute a waiver or alteration of the contract requirements.
1.14
RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
Upon completion of the electrical installations, the Contractor shall deliver to the Architect
/Engineer one complete set of prints of the electrical Contract Drawings which shall be legibly
marked in red pencil to show all changes and departures of the installation as compared with the
original design. They shall be suitable for use in preparation of Record Drawings.
B.
Contractor shall incorporate all sketches, addendums, value engineering, change orders, etc.,
into record drawings prior to delivering the same to the Architect.
1.15
WARRANTY
A.
Contractor's attention is directed to warranty obligations contained in the General Conditions.
B.
The above shall not in any way void or abrogate equipment manufacturer's guarantee or
warranty. Certificates of equipment manufacturer’s warranties shall be included in the
operations and maintenance manuals.
C.
The Contractor guarantees for a two (2) year period from the time of final acceptance by the
Owner:
1.
That the work contains no faulty or imperfect material or equipment or any imperfect,
careless, or unskilled workmanship.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 10
1.16
2.
That all work, equipment, machines, devices, etc. shall be adequate for the use to which
they are intended, and shall operate with ordinary care and attention in a satisfactory and
efficient manner.
3.
That the Contractor will re-execute, correct, repair, or remove and replace with proper
work, without cost to the Owner, any work found to be deficient. The Contractor shall
also make good all damages caused to their work or materials in the process of
complying with this section.
4.
That the entire work shall be water-tight and leak-proof.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A.
The Contractor shall have prepared three (3) hardcopies and one (1) electronic copy of the
Operation and Maintenance Manual and deliver these copies of the manual to the Owner. The
manual shall be as specified herein. The manual must be approved and will not be accepted as
final until so stamped.
B.
The manual shall be bound in a three-ring loose-leaf binder similar to National No. 3881 with
the following title lettered on the front: Operation and Maintenance Manual – Port of
Wilmington Site Lighting - Electrical. No sheets larger than 8-1/2 inches x 11 inches shall be
used, except sheets that are neatly folded to 8-1/2 inches x 11 inches and used as a pull-out.
Provide divider tabs and table of contents for organizing and separating information.
C.
Provide the following data in the manual:
1.
As first entry, an approved letter indicating the starting/ending time of Contractor’s
warranty period.
2.
Maintenance operation and lubrication instructions on each piece of equipment furnished.
3.
Complete catalog data on each piece of electrical equipment furnished including
approved Shop Drawing/Submittal with Engineer’s Comments (if any).
4.
Manufacturer's extended limited warranties on equipment.
5.
Provide sales and authorized service representatives names, address, and phone numbers
of all equipment and subcontractors.
6.
Provide supplier and subcontractor’s names, address, and phone number.
7.
Catalog data of all equipment, starters, etc. shall include wiring diagrams, parts list and
assembly drawing.
8.
Access panel charts with index illustrating the location and purpose of access panels.
9.
Approved Electrical Inspection Certificates.
10.
Start-up reports for equipment.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 11
D.
Submit Operation and Maintenance Manual prior to the anticipated date of Substantial
Completion for Engineer review and approval. Substantial Completion requires that Operation
and Maintenance Manuals be reviewed and approved.
E.
Deliver all instruction materials to the Owner prior to the formal instruction period.
F.
Upon completion of all work, thoroughly instruct the Owner's representatives in the proper
operation and maintenance of all electrical equipment and systems.
G.
Instructions shall be done only after completed systems have been put into operation and tested
for proper operation and performance.
H.
Instructions shall be given only by experts in the equipment or system and shall include
descriptions and demonstrations of procedures of operation, data record keeping, etc.
I.
The Operation and Maintenance Manual shall be available at the time of the instructions, for use
by Instructors and Owner personnel.
J.
Schedule the general and specialized instruction periods for a time agreed upon by the Owner
and Engineer.
1.17
INSTALLATION AND COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A.
Prepare, submit and use composite installation and coordination drawings to assure proper
coordination and installation of the work.
B.
Draw plans to a scale not less than ¼ inch equals one foot. Include plans, sections and
elevations of the proposed work, showing all equipment (mechanical, plumbing and electrical),
conduit and wiring in the areas involved. Fully dimension all work, horizontally and vertically.
Show coordination with other work including piping, ductwork and other mechanical work,
walls, doors, ceilings, columns, beams, joists and other architectural and structural work.
C.
Identify all equipment and devices on wiring diagrams. Where field connections are shown to
factory-wired terminals, furnish manufacturer's literature showing internal wiring of equipment.
D.
Prepare, submit, and use scaled layout drawings indicating dimensions, clearances, and actual
equipment dimensions. Layout Drawings shall include, but not be limited to the following:
E.
1.
Pad-mounted equipment and equipment connections.
2.
Underground conduits and ductbanks.
3.
Handhole locations.
4.
Reefer outlet foundations.
The successful Bidder shall be responsible for indicating all raceways described in notes or
indicated by home run symbols.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 12
F.
PART 2
2.1
The complete set of Civil and Electrical Drawings and Specifications apply to this work. The
successful bidder shall familiarize himself with all other related documents to avoid possible
installation conflicts.
PRODUCTS
GROUT
A.
2.2
Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout:
ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic
aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for
application and a 30-minute working time.
FOAM DUCT SEALANT
A.
Description: Two-part, high-expansion foam duct sealant to keep water, acids, dust, gases, insects and rodents out of ducts (conduits).
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. American Polywater Corporation
C.
Basis of Design: FST Foam Sealant by American Polywater Corporation.
D.
The foam duct sealant shall be a two-part "blown" urethane foam with 98% closed cell content.
E.
The foam duct sealant shall have a compressive strength of 300 pounds (ASTM D1691), a ten
sile strength of 250 pounds (ASTM D1623), and a flexural strength of 450 pounds (ASTM
D790).
F.
The foam duct sealant shall be compatible with common cable jacket materials. The cured
foam shall be an inert solid that does not affect jacket materials.
G.
The foam duct sealant shall withstand temperatures from -20 degrees Fahrenheit to 200 degrees
Fahrenheit and shall not lose function in direct sunlight
H.
The foam duct sealant shall be chemically resistant to gasoline, oils, dilute acids and bases, and
most unsaturated hydrocarbons.
I.
The foam duct sealant shall foam and react in five to ten minutes at 70 degrees Fahrenheit.
J.
When installed, the sealant shall be capable of holding 7.25 psi air pressure continuously
(equivalent of 16.4 feet water-head pressure).
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
TEMPORARY FACILITIES:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 13
A.
General: Refer to the Division 01 Sections for general requirements of temporary facilities.
B.
Description: Furnish and install the necessary metering and distribution equipment for an
adequate, 3-phase, 4-wire temporary electrical service and all temporary wiring, including stepdown or step-up dry-type transformers as required. Exact requirements for temporary service
shall be determined by the General Contractor.
C.
Attention is directed to the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) and National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements for electrical work on
construction sites.
D.
The Owner shall pay for all energy charges for temporary service.
E.
Obtain and pay for temporary electrical service for construction power.
F.
Provide all underground and/or overhead equipment, transformers, overcurrent devices, wires,
connections, etc., for obtaining power from utility company lines.
G.
Remove all temporary power installations and connections after permanent power is established
and/or prior to completion of the project.
3.2
COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1.
B.
Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit
for wall-mounting items.
C.
Install equipment with working space and dedicated space in strict accordance with NEC
Article 110.
D.
Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components
of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to
facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.
E.
Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and
components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
F.
Verify exact electrical requirements for each piece of equipment receiving one or more
electrical connections, including but not limited to voltage, phase, and maximum
fuse/overcurrent protection device rating. Provide electrical circuit of proper characteristics to
serve provided equipment.
G.
Include any and all items required by the National Electrical Code and/or field conditions for
the proper connection and installation of each piece of equipment.
H.
Make all connections to equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
I.
Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 14
J.
3.3
Coordinate electrical work under other Divisions in accordance with Part 1 of this Section,
Article “Electrical Work Under Other Divisions”.
SUPPORTS, HANGERS AND FOUNDATIONS
A.
Provide supports, hangers, braces, attachments and foundations required for the work. Support
and set the work in a thoroughly substantial and workmanlike manner without placing strains on
materials, equipment, or building structure, submit shop drawings for approval. Coordinate all
work with the requirements of the structural division.
B.
Supports, hangers, braces, and attachments shall be standard manufactured items or fabricated
structural steel shapes. All interior hangers shall be galvanized or steel with rust inhibiting
paint. All exterior hangers shall be constructed of stainless steel utilizing stainless steel rods,
nuts, washers, bolts, etc.
C.
Installing Equipment Foundations:
D.
3.4
1.
Provide concrete foundations for all exterior pad-mounted equipment, size as indicated
on the Drawings.
2.
Furnish foundations, bolts, sleeves, and appurtenances. Provide welded wire fabric
reinforcement, chamfer exposed edges and corners, and finish exposed surfaces smooth.
3.
Unless otherwise specified, provide all concrete work required in accordance with the
requirements of Division 03.
4.
Equipment shall be properly aligned. Level and grout equipment where necessary.
Support conduit independently of equipment and so as not to cause a strain or thrust.
5.
Determine exact location of all equipment, foundations, and supports after Shop
Drawings of equipment have been approved.
Refer to Division 26 Section “Hangers and Supports” for additional requirements.
PAINTING AND FINISHES
A.
Provide protective finishes on all materials and equipment. Use coated or corrosion-resistant
materials, hardware and fittings throughout the work. Paint bare, untreated ferrous surfaces
with rust-inhibiting paint. All exterior components including supports, hangers, nuts, bolts,
washers, vibration isolators, etc. shall be stainless steel.
B.
Clean surfaces prior to application of insulation, adhesives, coatings, paint, or other finishes.
C.
Provide factory-applied finishes where specified. Unless otherwise indicated factory-applied
paints shall be baked enamel with proper pretreatment.
D.
Protect all finishes and restore any finishes damaged as a result of work under Division 26 to
their original condition.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 15
E.
The preceding requirements apply to all work, whether exposed or concealed, as defined herein.
F.
Remove all construction marking and writing from exposed equipment, ductwork, piping and
building surfaces. Do not paint manufacturer's labels or tags.
G.
All exposed conduits shall be painted to match adjacent surface in color as selected by Owner,
unless otherwise indicated.
3.5
COLOR SELECTION
A.
3.6
PROTECTION OF WORK
A.
Protect work, material and equipment from weather and construction operations before and after
installation. Properly store and handle all materials and equipment.
B.
Cover temporary openings in conduits and equipment to prevent the entrance of water, dirt,
debris, or other foreign matter. Deliver conduits with factory applied end caps.
C.
Cover or otherwise protect all finishes.
D.
Replace damaged materials, devices, finishes and equipment.
E.
Protect stored conduits from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural
capacity of floor, where stored inside.
3.7
3.8
Color of finishes shall be as selected by the Owner.
OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT
A.
Clean all systems and equipment prior to initial operation for testing, or other purposes.
Lubricate, adjust, and test all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not
operate equipment unless all proper safety devices or controls are operational. Provide all
maintenance and service for equipment that is authorized for operation during construction.
B.
Where specified, or otherwise required, provide the services of the manufacturer's factorytrained servicemen or technicians to start up the equipment. Where factory start-up of
equipment is not specified, provide field start-up by qualified technician.
C.
Submit factory start-up sheets or field start-ups sheets for all equipment prior to the
commencement of testing.
D.
Upon completion of work, clean and restore all equipment to new conditions; replace
expendable items.
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 16
A.
Perform all tests which are specified or required to demonstrate that the work is installed and
operating properly. Where formal tests are required, give proper notices and perform all
necessary preliminary tests to assure that the work is complete and ready for final test.
B.
Adjust all systems, equipment and controls to operate in a safe, efficient and stable manner.
C.
On all circuits, 600 volts or less, provide circuits that are free from ground faults, short circuits
and open circuits.
D.
Other tests of a specific nature for special equipment shall be as specified under the respective
equipment.
E.
Submit all test results to the Architect/Engineer for approval.
3.9
EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS
A.
This Contractor shall make all system connections required to equipment furnished and installed
under other divisions or furnished by the Owner. Connections shall be complete in all respects
to render this equipment functional to its fullest intent.
B.
It shall be the responsibility of the supplier of the equipment to furnish complete instructions for
connections. Failure to do so will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for improper
equipment operation.
3.10
OUTAGES
A.
Provide a minimum of five (5) business days’ notice to schedule outages. The Contractor shall
include in their bid outages and/or work in occupied areas to occur on weekends, holidays, or at
night. Coordinate and get approval of all outages with the Owner.
B.
Submit Outage Request Form, attached at the end of this Section, to Owner for approval.
3.11
A.
3.12
CUTTING AND PATCHING
Accomplish all cutting and patching necessary for the installation of work under Division 26.
Damage resulting from this work to other work already in place, shall be repaired at
Contractor's expense. Where cutting is required, perform work in neat and workmanlike
manner. Restore disturbed work to match and blend with existing construction and finish, using
materials compatible with the original. Use mechanics skilled in the particular trades required.
CONCRETE AND MASONRY WORK
A.
Furnish and install concrete and masonry work for equipment foundations, supports, pads, and
other items required under Division 26. Perform work in accordance with requirements of
Division 03 and other applicable Divisions of these Specifications.
B.
Concrete shall achieve compressive strength not less than 3,000 psi after 28 days.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 17
C.
Grout shall be non-shrink, high strength mortar, free of iron of chlorides and suitable for use in
contact with all metals, without caps or other protective finishes. Apply in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions and standard grouting practices.
D.
Place reinforcement accurately in position shown, securely fasten and support to prevent
displacement before or during pouring. Clean, bend, place, and splice reinforcement in
accordance with approved shop drawings. Lap ends and sides of mesh reinforcement in slabs
not less than one inch. Coverage of main reinforcing shall be as follows:
1.
2.
3.
E.
3.13
A.
B.
C.
Slabs - 3/4 inch
Concrete poured against earth - 3 inches
Other locations - 2 inches
Properly align, level, and grout all equipment where necessary.
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
General:
1.
Perform all necessary excavation, or installation of work under Division 26, in whatever
materials or conditions encountered, using suitable methods and equipment.
2.
Accurately establish required lines and grades and properly locate the work.
3.
Determine the locations of all existing utilities before commencing the work.
Excavation:
1.
Excavate only the required elevations. If excavation is carried below the foundation lines
or other required limits, backfill the excess with concrete.
2.
Keep banks of trenches as nearly vertical as possible, and provide sheeting and/or shoring
as required for protection of work and safety of personnel. Follow local, State, OSHA,
[MOSH,] and other applicable Guidelines.
3.
Keep excavations dry. Protect excavations from freezing.
Backfilling:
1.
Backfill excavations to the required elevations and restore surfaces to their original or
required conditions.
2.
Backfill shall be similar material, free from objectionable matter such as rubbish, roots,
stumps, brush, rocks and other sharp objects. Unless otherwise indicated, suitable
material from the excavation may be used for backfill.
3.
Carefully place and mechanically tamp backfill in layers not exceeding 12 inches loose
thickness. Compact to 95 percent minimum.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 18
4.
Do not backfill against frozen material. Do not use frozen material for backfill.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 19
OUTAGE REQUEST FORM
DATE APPLIED:
BY:
DATE FOR OUTAGE:
FIRM:
START OUTAGE-TIME:
DATE:
END OUTAGE - TIME:
DATE:
AREAS AND ROOMS:
FLOOR(S):
AREA(S):
ROOM(S):
WORK TO BE PERFORMED:
SYSTEM(S):
REQUEST APPROVED BY:
(FOREMAN OR OTHER PERSON IN CHARGE)
(FOR OWNER’S USE ONLY):
APPROVED:
YES
NO
BY:
DATE/TIME-AS REQUESTED:
DATE:
OTHER :
OWNER’S PRESENCE REQUIRED:
YES:
NO:
NAME:
POINT OF CONTACT:
PHONE:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PAGE 260500 20
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260519
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
COORDINATION
PROJECT CONDITIONS
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
WIRES AND CABLES
CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
INSULATING TAPE, PUTTY, RESIN AND SUPPORTS
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
PREPARATION
WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS
INSTALLATION
CONNECTIONS
IDENTIFICATION
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-1
SECTION 260519 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
1.4
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and
terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data:
connectors.
Provide for each cable assembly type, wire, cables, conductors, and
B.
Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements. Indicate procedures and values obtained.
C.
Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Testing Agency Qualifications: In addition to requirements specified in Division 01 Section,
“Quality Control”, an independent testing agency shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation
of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907; or shall be a full-member company of the
International Electrical Testing Association.
1.
B.
Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International
Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in
Engineering Technologies, to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3 of this
Section.
Listing and Labeling: Provide wires and cables specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
1.
The Terms Listed and Labeled: As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.
2.
Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
C.
Comply with NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) Standards.
D.
Comply with NECA Standard of Installation.
E.
Comply with NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
Distribution Equipment and Systems.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-2
F.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Comply with requirements of the
following:
1.
B3: Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire
2.
B8: Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard,
Medium-Hard, or Soft
3.
D753: Standard Specification for General Purpose Polychloroprene Jacket for Wire
and Cable
4.
B800 Standard Specification for 8000 Series Aluminum Alloy Wire for Electrical
Purposes.
G.
Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL): Provide wiring, cabling and connector products which
are ETL listed and labeled.
H.
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): Comply with the following standards
which apply to wiring systems:
1.
82: Test procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors
2.
241: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings
I.
NFPA: Comply with NFPA 70 requirements for construction, installation and color coding
of electrical wire, cable and connections.
J.
National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA): Comply with requirements of the
following:
1.
K.
L.
1.5
WC70: Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical
Energy.
UL: Provide material conforming to the following standards:
1.
UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables.
2.
UL 486A - Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors
UL Labels: Provide wiring, cabling and connector products which are UL listed and labeled.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver wires and cables according to NEMA WC 26, Binational Wire and Cable Packaging
Standard.
B.
Storage: Store wire and cable in a clean dry space in original containers. Protect products
from weather, damaging fumes, construction debris and traffic.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-3
C.
1.6
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of cables with other installations.
B.
Revise locations and elevations from those indicated, as required to suit field conditions and
as approved by Engineer.
C.
Determine required separation between cables and other work.
D.
Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work.
1.7
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Verify that field measurements are as shown on the Drawings.
B.
Feeder conductor sizes are based on copper or aluminum as indicated on the “Feeder
Schedule” on the Contract Drawings.
C.
Branch circuit conductor sizes are based on copper.
D.
Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire
and cable as required to meet Project Conditions.
E.
Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact
routing and lengths required.
PART 2
2.1
Handling: Handle wire and cable carefully to avoid abrading, puncturing and tearing wire
and cable insulation and sheathing. Ensure that dielectric resistance integrity of wires/cables
is maintained.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Wires and Cables:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
American Insulated Wire Corp.
BICC Brand-Rex Company.
General Cable.
Senator Wire & Cable Company.
Southwire Company.
Colonial Wire Company.
Connectors and Accessories for Wires and Cables:
a.
b.
AMP Incorporated.
Buchanan.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-4
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.2
WIRES AND CABLES
A.
UL-listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable
construction and rating as specified herein.
B.
Building wires and cables shall be annealed (soft) copper, 600 volt, Type THHN/THWN
(dual-rated) single conductors rated 90°C dry / 75°C wet, with a minimum conductivity of
98 percent at 20°C (68°F), or a maximum resistivity of 1.7 micro-ohms per centimeter.
C.
Conductors shall meet or exceed requirements of all applicable ASTM specifications, UL
Standard 83, UL Standard 1581, NEMA WC 70, Federal Specification A-A-59544 and
shall be RoHS/REACH Compliant.
D.
Conductors shall be solid for 10 AWG and smaller, and stranded for 8 AWG and larger.
E.
Building wire and cables shall be color-coded using colors factory impregnated throughout
the insulation and jacket. The following color code convention(s) shall be used:
1.
120/208-Volt, 3-Phase, 4-Wire System:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
Phase A:
Phase B:
Phase C:
Neutral:
Ground:
Black
Red
Blue
White
Green
277/480-Volt, 3-Phase, 4-Wire System:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.3
General Signal; O-Z/Gedney Unit.
Monogram Company; AFC.
NSI Industries, Inc.
Square D Company; Anderson.
3M Company; Electrical Products Division.
Phase A:
Phase B:
Phase C:
Neutral:
Ground:
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Gray
Green
CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A.
UL-listed, factory-fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and
class for application and service indicated. Comply with Project's installation requirements
and as specified in Part 3 Article, “Wire and Insulation Applications”.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-5
B.
Split Bolt Connectors: Not acceptable.
C.
Solderless Pressure Connectors: High copper alloy terminal. May be used only for cable
termination to equipment pads or terminals. Not approved for splicing.
D.
Spring Wire Connectors: Not acceptable.
E.
Mechanical Connectors: Bolted type tin-plated; high conductivity copper alloy; spacer
between conductors; beveled cable entrances.
F.
Compression (crimp) Connectors: Long barrel; seamless, tin-plated electrolytic high
conductivity copper tubing, internally beveled barrel ends. Connector shall be clearly marked
with the wire size and type and proper number and location of crimps.
G.
Heat shrinkable tubing shall meet the requirements of ANSI C119.1-1986 for buried
connections to 90 degrees C and shall be material flame-retarded per IEEE 383 Vertical Tray
Flame Test.
H.
Wire Nut Connectors:
1.
Description: Twist-on wire connectors for branch circuit conductors 8 AWG and
smaller with a color-coded housing.
2.
Construction: Flame-retardant polypropylene housing, rated for 105 degrees Celsius.
Zinc-plated steel insert. Square-wire spring to maintain secure positive grip that will
not relax over time, no pre-twisting required.
3.
Dimensions: Connectors shall be appropriately sized according to manufacturer’s
recommendation for the suitable wire sizes and voltage rating (600 volts minimum).
4.
Quality Assurance:
a.
b.
c.
5.
Special Features:
a.
b.
6.
K.
UL Listed to 486C and 94V-2 Flame Rating.
CSA Certified to C22.2 No. 188
RoHS Compliant
Wire connectors for making grounding connections shall have green-colored
housing and shall have opening at end of connector for grounding conductor
to pass through for connection to metallic outlet boxes.
Wire connectors for all exterior and underground work and work in
damp/wet interior locations shall be pre-filled with silicone-based sealant to
protect against moisture and corrosion, and shall be UL Listed to 486D for
use in damp/wet locations, including direct burial applications.
Basis of Design: Provide products by Ideal Industries, Inc. or approved equal.
Insulated Connectors (for Conductors 8 AWG and Larger in Dry Locations)
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-6
L.
1.
Description: Multi-conductor connectors for low voltage (600V or less) circuits,
insulated with high-dielectric strength plastisol, molded for precise fit and supplied
with removable access plugs over the hex screws.
2.
Construction: Range-taking mechanical connector made of aluminum accepts both
aluminum and copper conductors. Molded cover of UV stable, impact resistant
polypropylene provides rugged protection. Mounting holes at each end of the
connector for direct isolated mounting to wiring trough, panelboard, or wireway.
3.
Dimensions: Splices and connectors shall be appropriately sized according to
manufacturer’s recommendation for the suitable wire sizes, quantities, and voltage
rating.
4.
Quality Assurance: UL listed. UV resistant.
5.
Special Features: Connectors shall be rated for temperatures from -45 degrees
Celsius to 90 degrees Celsius.
6.
Basis of Design: GTAP Series as manufactured by Raychem
Gel Filled Insulated Connectors (for Conductors 8 AWG and Larger in Damp/Wet
Locations)
1.
Description: Multi-conductor connectors for low voltage (1,000V or less) circuits,
insulated with high-dielectric strength plastisol, molded for precise fit and supplied
with removable access plugs over the hex screws. Gel-filled for damp/wet or
submersed locations to protect connections from moisture ingress and corrosion.
2.
Construction: Range-taking mechanical connector made of tin-plated aluminum
accepts both aluminum and copper conductors. Molded cover of UV stable, impact
resistant polypropylene provides rugged protection. Cable entry ports and hinged
screw port caps shall be sealed with hydrophobic dielectric gel insulation.
3.
Dimensions: Splices and connectors shall be appropriately sized according to
manufacturer’s recommendation for the suitable wire sizes, quantities, and voltage
rating.
4.
Quality Assurance: ANSI C119.1 for complete unit, ANSI C119.4 for connector,
ASTM D543 for chemical resistance, ASTM G-53-95 and ASTM D-638-95 for UV
resistance.
5.
Special Features: Silicone gel shall be easily removed from conductor for re-entry.
Connectors shall be rated for temperatures from -40 degrees Celsius to 95 degrees
Celsius.
6.
Basis of Design: GPRT Series as manufactured by Raychem/Tyco, or approved
equal.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-7
2.4
INSULATING TAPE, PUTTY, RESIN AND SUPPORTS
A.
Tape: Provide plastic electrical insulating tape which is flame-retardant, cold and weatherresistant. Tape for use in areas subject to temperatures 30 degrees C to 105 degrees C, or
where the tape will be subjected to an oil splash, tape shall have a minimum thickness of 8.5
mils, and shall consist of an oil-resistant acrylic adhesive.
B.
Materials: Provide all insulating materials for splices and connections such as glass and
synthetic tapes, putties, resins, splice cases, or compositions of the type approved for the
particular use, location, voltage and temperature and apply and install in an approved manner,
all in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C.
Supports: Provide cable supports of the wedge type which firmly clamp each individual
cable and tighten due to the cable weight.
PART 3
3.1
3.2
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of wires
and cables. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
B.
By beginning work, the Contractor has accepted conditions and assumes responsibility for
correcting unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the Owner.
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire.
WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS
A.
No branch circuit wires smaller than 12 AWG shall be used unless otherwise indicated.
Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and from terminal board to point of final
connection, and no splice shall be made except within outlet or junction boxes. All
conductors shall be of the size indicated. All wires 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded.
B.
Control wiring shall not be less than 14 AWG and shall be color coded using colors
impregnated into the insulation. All control wiring shall be color coded with wires of colors
different from those used to designate phase wires.
C.
All wiring, contacts, and terminal blocks shall be suitably tagged for ease in identification and
tracing of circuits. Identification tags shall be engraved fiber or plastic type, subject to
acceptance. Wires shall be numbered and coded, using Brady Quicklabels, or equal.
D.
Wiring shall be tagged at terminations, in pull boxes, junction boxes, outlet boxes,
switchboards, etc…
E.
Switch leg wire shall be labeled with “S” tag.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-8
F.
Wiring for general 15 and 20 amp branch circuit work shall be as follows unless otherwise
indicated:
HOME RUN LENGTH AND CIRCUIT LENGTH AND
WIRE SIZE
WIRE SIZE
120 Volt
3.4
120 Volt
0 – 60 '
12AWG
0-100 '
12AWG
60 – 100 '
10AWG
100’ & Up
10AWG
100' & Up
8AWG
G.
Circuit length as given above shall be the wire length between the first and last outlet on the
circuit. Home run length as given above shall be the wire length between the first outlet and
the panelboard. In accordance with the above, where the size of branch circuit conductors is
increased by the minimum required by the NEC for the branch circuit rating, ensure that the
termination provisions of all equipment connected to such circuits are listed as suitable for the
conductor sizes involved.
H.
Joints of 10 AWG and smaller shall be made with properly insulated solderless type pressure
connectors. Where stranded conductors or multiple solid conductors are connected to
terminals, solderless lugs manufactured by Thomas and Betts Company or equivalent shall be
used.
I.
Joints of 8 AWG and larger shall be of the type indented into the conductor by means of a
hand or hydraulic pressure tool. Connectors shall be Burndy Hy-dent, T&B Sta-Kon, or
equivalent. Connectors for control wiring shall be Burndy Hy-Lug, or equivalent.
J.
All circuits for exterior underground electric work shall be 10 AWG (minimum) and contain a
10 AWG (minimum) copper grounding conductor. All exterior wiring shall be installed in
conduit as specified above, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install wires and cables as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and
NECA's Standard of Installation.
B.
Pull Conductors: Use a UL-listed and manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant
where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed
manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
C.
Use pulling means including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips that
will not damage cables or raceway. Completely and thoroughly swab conduit system before
installing conductors.
D.
Install exposed cables, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members,
and follow surface contours where possible.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-9
E.
Support cables according to Division 26 Section, “Common Work Results for Electrical” and
Division 26 Section, “Hangers and Supports”.
F.
Identify wires and cables according to Division 26 Section, “Electrical Identification”.
G.
Conductors installed in parallel shall be of equal lengths.
H.
Wiring at Outlets: Install with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack conductor at each outlet in
accordance with Article 300.14 of the National Electrical Code.
I.
Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by
manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to
equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment connectors.
Where manufacturer's requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals
according to tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A.
J.
The Contractor shall provide suitable installation equipment to prevent cutting and abrasion of
conductor insulation. The Contractor shall use suitable cable guides, pulleys, and protective
sleeving to prevent damage to cable during installation. Ropes used for pulling of wire and
cable shall be made of polyethylene or other suitable non-metallic material. Pulling lines shall
be attached to cable by means of either woven basket grips or pulling types attached directly
to the conductors. Wire pulling lubricants, if used, shall conform to UL requirements
applicable to the various insulations and raceway materials. The lubricants shall be certified
by the manufacturer to be non-injurious to such insulation and materials.
K.
Each cable shall be labeled at terminals and at all accessible points in equipment and in pull
boxes. Each wire shall be labeled at both ends. Labels shall be self-sticking wire markers.
L.
For rubber and plastic-covered wire and cable, pulling compound Ideal Yellow 77 may be
used.
M.
Terminal lugs for wires 8 AWG and larger shall be T&B 54,000 Series or Burndy HY-Dent,
compression type, unless noted otherwise. One-hole lugs for wires 4/0 AWG and smaller.
Two-hole lugs for all wires 250 kcmil AWG and larger.
N.
Install wires and cables using braided rope larger than the cable being pulled to keep twists to
a minimum.
O.
Provide an insulated green equipment grounding conductor (EGC), sized per NEC, for all
feeder and branch circuits, shown or not shown.
P.
Multi-wire branch circuits shall not be permitted. Provide a separate insulated neutral
(grounded) conductor for all feeder and branch circuits requiring a neutral connection.
Q.
Install electrical cables, wires, and connectors as indicated in compliance with manufacturer's
written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation",
and in accordance with recognized industry practices.
R.
Coordinate cable and wire installation work with electrical raceway and equipment
installation work, as necessary for proper interface.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-10
3.5
S.
No conductors shall be drawn into conduit until all work, which may cause cable damage, is
completed.
T.
All wiring in lighting fixture housings and in other high ambient temperature areas, shall be
of types required by NEC and shall be listed for the application.
U.
During installation, do not deform cable by improper bending, stretching, twisting, kinking, or
pinching, nor do any other abusive handling. Any failure to observe these instructions will be
detected and corrected during the demonstrations following completion of the installation.
V.
All cable runs shall contain S loops or other means to accommodate expansion or contraction
as required.
W.
Cable bends shall have a radius not less than the value recommended by the cable
manufacturer.
X.
All labels shall be of durable material and securely fastened to the cable.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Conductor Splices: Keep to minimum.
B.
Install splices and taps that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation
ratings than conductors being spliced.
C.
Use splice and tap connectors compatible with conductor material.
D.
Apply oxide inhibitor in each termination for aluminum conductors per manufacturer’s
instructions.
E.
Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by
manufacturer.
F.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
G.
Wire splices and taps shall be adequate to carry full current rating of wire.
H.
Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, and no splices shall be made except
within outlet or junction boxes. Junction boxes may be utilized where required. Wire
connectors of insulating material or solderless pressure connections, properly taped, shall be
utilized for all splices in wiring.
I.
Splices in branch circuits and feeders shall be made where indicated or as required for the
installation. All splices shall be accessible and made in enclosure approved for that purpose.
J.
For splices in branch circuits and feeders, provide connectors as follows;
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-11
K.
3.6
1.
Wire Sizes 10 AWG and smaller: Provide wire nut connectors as specified in Part 2
of this Section.
2.
Wire Sizes 8 AWG and Larger: Provide insulated connectors securely fastened to
enclosure as specified in Part 2 of this Section.
Thoroughly clean wiring prior to installing lugs or connectors.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Interface with Other Work:
1.
Identify wire and cable using Thomas and Betts Type WM vinyl markers.
2.
Identify each phase and neutral conductor with its circuit number or other designation
indicated on the Drawings in all junction, pull, terminal boxes, and cabinets.
B.
Provide identification tags on each conductor entering each panelboard, switch, junction box,
and pull box to identify conductor.
C.
Comply with the requirements of Division 26 Section, Electrical Identification.
D.
Feeder Identification: Securely fasten nonferrous identifying tags or pressure-sensitive labels
to all cables, feeders, and power circuits in pull boxes, handholes, switchboards, and at
termination of cables.
1.
3.7
Tags or labels shall be stamped or printed to correspond with markings on Contract
Drawings or marked so that feeder or cable may be readily identified.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Visual and Mechanical Inspection:
1.
Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and compliance with requirements
of drawings and schedules.
2.
Clean conductors using Manufacturer’s approved methods and materials.
3.
Verify that conductors are correct size and are terminated with appropriately sized
lugs.
4.
Verify that conductors are correct color for phase identification.
5.
Verify that conductors are labeled to identify circuit designation.
6.
Verify that neutral conductors are only terminated at neutral lugs/bus, and that
grounding conductors are only terminated at grounding lugs/bus.
7.
Verify that oxide inhibitor is provided at all terminations for aluminum conductors.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-12
B.
Electrical Tests: Upon installation of conductors and before electrical circuitry has been
energized, provide the following minimum inspections and tests according to manufacturer's
written instructions to ensure conductors are operational within industry and manufacturer's
tolerances, are installed according to the Contract Documents, and are suitable for energizing.
1.
Testing Agency: Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency to
perform specified testing. Provide set of Contract Documents to test organization.
Include full updating on final system configuration and parameters where they
supplement or differ from those indicated in the original Contract Documents.
2.
Inspect accessible components for cleanliness, mechanical and electrical integrity,
and damage or deterioration.
3.
Inspect bolted electrical connections for tightness according to manufacturer's
published torque values or, if not available, those specified in UL 486A and
UL 486B.
4.
Verify continuity of each conductor.
5.
Insulation Resistance Testing: Perform megohm meter tests of all service and feeder
circuits, including each phase, neutral, and grounding conductor, as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
6.
Infrared Scanning: Perform an infrared scan of each splice and termination in
conductors 3 AWG and larger, as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
7.
Minimum Test Voltage: 1000 Vdc.
Minimum Insulation Resistance: 1 megohms.
Duration of Each Test: 1 minute.
Temperature Correction: Correct results for test temperature deviation from
20 degrees C standard.
Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer’s data.
Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest.
Prepare reports certified by testing agency identifying equipment checked
and describing results of tests. Include notation of deficiencies detected,
remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
Remove equipment covers so terminations are accessible to scanner.
Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to
detect significant deviations from normal values.
Provide calibration record for device.
Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer’s data.
Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest.
Prepare reports [certified by testing agency] identifying equipment checked
and describing results of tests. Include notation of deficiencies detected,
remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
Test Labeling: On satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a label to
tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible organization and
person.
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-13
C.
Demonstration: Subsequent to conductor and cable hook-ups, energize circuits and
demonstrate compliance with requirements. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units
and then re-test to demonstrate compliance.
END OF SECTION
dSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-14
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260526
GROUNDING AND BONDING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
DEFINITIONS
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS
WIRE AND CABLE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS
CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
GROUNDING ELECTRODES AND TEST WELLS
EXECUTION
APPLICATION
INSTALLATION
CONNECTIONS
UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-1
SECTION 260526– GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Refer to Division 26 Section “Conductors and Cables” for conductor and cable requirements.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment and basic requirements
for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. Grounding
requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other Sections of these
Specifications.
B.
Bond the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment to grounding
electrodes.
C.
Bond together system neutrals; service equipment enclosures; exposed non-current carrying
metal parts of electrical equipment; metal raceway systems; and grounding conductor in
raceways.
DEFINITIONS
A.
EGC:
Equipment grounding conductor.
B.
GEC:
Grounding electrode conductor.
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 01 Specification Sections.
B.
Product Data for grounding rods, conductors, connectors and connection materials, and
grounding fittings. Submit ground system manufacturer's recommended installation
procedure for review.
C.
Field tests and observation reports indicating and interpreting the test reports for compliance
with performance requirements, certified by Testing Agency.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Testing Agency Qualifications: A Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) as
defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7, or a full member company of the International Electrical
Testing Association (NETA).
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-2
1.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
C.
Comply with UL 467 - UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment.
D.
Comply with ANSI/IEEE C2 - National Electrical Safety Code.
E.
Comply with ANSI/IEEE 32 - Requirements, terms and test procedures for neutral grounding
devices.
F.
Comply with IEEE Standard 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems.
G.
Comply with ANSI C33.8.
H.
Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
1.6
1.
The Terms Listed and Labeled: As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article
100.
2.
Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
PART 2
2.1
Testing Agency Field Supervision: Use persons currently certified by NETA or the
National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site
testing specified in Part 3 of this Section.
Accurately record actual locations of grounding electrodes and all primary grounding
locations.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group.
2.
Harger Lightning and Grounding; Harger, Inc.
3.
Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co.
4.
Ideal Industries, Inc.
5.
ILSCO.
6.
O-Z/Gedney Co.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-3
2.2
2.4
2.5
Raco, Inc.
8.
Thomas & Betts, Electrical.
GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS
A.
2.3
7.
Governing Requirements: Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess
of National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements, the more stringent requirements and the
greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern.
WIRE AND CABLE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A.
Comply with Division 26, Section “Conductors and Cables”. Conform to NEC Table 8,
except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding.
B.
Equipment Grounding Conductors: Size as indicated on the Drawings, or as required by
National Electrical Code (NEC) Table 250-122, whichever is larger. Insulated with green
color insulation.
C.
Grounding Electrode Conductors: Size as indicated on the Drawings, in the Specifications, or
as required by National Electrical Code (NEC) Table 250-66, whichever is larger. Insulated
with green color insulation, unless installed in direct contact with earth, in which case
conductors shall be bare.
D.
Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, 4/0 AWG size minimum, except as
otherwise indicated.
E.
Bare Copper Conductors: Conform to the following:
1.
Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
2.
Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
3.
Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.
MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS
A.
Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided bare copper wire, terminated with copper
ferrules.
B.
Bonding Straps: Soft copper, 0.05 inch (1 mm) thick and 2 inches (50 mm) wide, unless
otherwise indicated.
CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A.
Mechanical Connectors
1.
The mechanical connector bodies shall be manufactured from high strength, high
conductivity cast copper alloy material. Bolts, nuts, washers and lockwashers shall
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-4
be made of silicon bronze and supplied as a part of the connector body and shall be
of the two-bolt type.
B.
C.
2.6
Split bolt connector types are NOT allowed unless indicated on the Drawings.
3.
The connectors shall meet or exceed UL 467 and be clearly marked with the catalog
number, conductor size and manufacturer.
Compression Connectors
1.
The compression connectors shall be manufactured from pure wrought copper. The
conductivity of this material shall be no less than 99 percent by IACS Standards.
2.
The connectors shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of IEEE 837,
latest revision.
3.
The installation of the connectors shall be made with a compression, tool and die
system, as recommended by the manufacturer of the connectors.
4.
The connectors shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer, catalog number,
conductor size and the required compression tool settings.
5.
Each connector shall be factory filled with an oxide-inhibiting compound.
Exothermic Connections: Provide exothermic-weld kit selected per manufacturer's written
instructions for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items.
GROUNDING ELECTRODES AND TEST WELLS
A.
B.
PART 3
3.1
2.
Grounding Rods: Copper-clad rod with rigid steel core.
1.
Size: 3/4 inch by 120 inches (19 by 3000 mm). Provide the number of rods required
to obtain proper ground resistance.
2.
Rods shall have a minimum of ten (10) mils of copper.
3.
Ground rods shall be UL listed #467.
Test Wells: Fabricate from 15-inch- (400-mm-) long, square-cut sections of 8-inch- (200mm-) diameter, Schedule 80, PVC pipe. Provide as detailed on Drawings.
EXECUTION
APPLICATION
A.
Equipment Grounding Conductors: Comply with NEC Article 250 for types, sizes, and
quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where specific types, larger sizes, or
more conductors than required by NEC are indicated.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-5
1.
2.
B.
3.2
Install Equipment Grounding Conductor (EGC) with circuit conductors for the items
below in addition to those required by Code:
a.
Feeder circuits.
b.
Lighting branch circuits.
c.
Flexible raceway runs.
Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic
raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables.
Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Ground pole to a grounding electrode in
addition to separate equipment grounding conductor run with supply branch circuit.
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Ground electrical systems and equipment according to NEC requirements, except
where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements.
B.
Grounding Electrodes: Provide a minimum of three (3) grounding electrodes, unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings, in accordance with the following:
1.
Locate a minimum of twenty-feet from each other and at least the same distance from
any other grounding electrode, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Drive until tops are 24 inches below finished floor or final grade, except as otherwise
indicated.
3.
Interconnect with grounding-electrode conductors using exothermic welds, except at
test wells. Make these connections without damaging copper coating or exposing
steel.
C.
Grounding Conductors: Route along the shortest and straightest paths possible, except as
otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be
subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
D.
Test Wells: One for each driven grounding electrode, except as otherwise indicated. Set top
of well flush with finished grade or floor. Fill with 1-inch- (25-mm-) maximum-size crushed
stone or gravel.
E.
Grounding shall satisfy requirements of the applicable publications. All exposed noncurrentcarrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding
conductor in nonmetallic raceways, and grounded conductors of the wiring system shall be
grounded.
F.
The grounded conductor (neutral) of the wiring system shall be connected to the system
grounding conductor at a single place in the system by removable bonding jumpers, sized
according to the applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code. The grounded
conductor (neutral) connection to the grounding conductor (ground) shall be located in the
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-6
enclosure for the system's overcurrent protection or where otherwise indicated on the
Drawings or Specifications.
3.3
G.
Equipment grounding conductors shall be extended from the ground bus in the distribution
equipment to the receptacle, fixture or device lugs where they are provided. When not
provided, they shall be connected to equipment enclosures. The connections shall be
arranged such that removal of receptacle, the equipment grounding conductors, or ground
jumpers from ground busing, shall not affect the system ground.
H.
Non-current carrying metal parts of electric equipment shall be effectively grounded by
bonding to the bus.
I.
Raceways shall not be considered as a grounding conductor. Each power, lighting, or control
raceway shall have a separate equipment grounding conductor installed. Receptacles shall
have a separate grounding pole.
J.
All switchgear shall be equipped with a grounding bus separate from the neutral bus.
CONNECTIONS
A.
General: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized.
Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in
direct contact will be galvanically compatible.
1.
Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and to make
contact points closer in order of galvanic series.
2.
Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3.
Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical
clamps.
4.
Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and
mechanical clamps.
5.
Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent
future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
B.
Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground
connections, except those at test wells. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not
acceptable.
C.
Equipment Grounding Conductor (EGC) Terminations: For 8 AWG and larger, use
compression-type grounding lugs. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be
terminated with wire nut connectors as specified in Division 26 Section, “Conductors and
Cables”.
D.
Non-Contact Metal Raceway Terminations: Where metallic raceways terminate at metal
housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-7
with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to
grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically non-continuous conduits at both
entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, except as
otherwise indicated.
3.4
E.
Connections at Test Wells: Use compression-type connectors on conductors and make
bolted- and clamped-type connections between conductors and grounding rods.
F.
Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to
manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where these requirements are not
available, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
G.
Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct
circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by
manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a
visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.
UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING
A.
3.5
Grounding System: Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items
associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding
electrodes.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Independent Testing Agency: Engage an independent electrical testing organization to
perform tests described below.
B.
Tests: Subject the completed grounding system to a megger test at each location where a
maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding
terminal, and at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than 2 full days after
the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than
natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of
reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests by the 2-point method according to
IEEE 81.
C.
Maximum grounding to resistance values are as follows:
D.
1.
Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.
2.
Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.
3.
Equipment Rated More than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.
4.
Unfenced Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms.
Excessive Ground Resistance: Where resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify
Owner promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance and to accomplish
recommended work.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-8
E.
Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of ground resistance at each
test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test
results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. Submit all tests to the Engineer for
approval.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526-9
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
GUARANTEE
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
COATINGS
MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES
ANCHOR METHODS
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
INSTALLATION
CLEANUP
PROTECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
260529-0
SECTION 260529 – HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Requirements of the following Sections apply to this Section:
1.
1.2
1.3
1.4
Division 26 Section, “Common Work Results for Electrical” for general installation
requirements.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes secure support from the building structure for electrical items by means
of hangers, supports, anchors, sleeves, inserts, seals, and associated fastenings.
B.
Provide equipment supports consisting of platforms, concrete pads, structural members,
hangers, rods, racks, and incidental materials.
C.
Provide all labor, supervision, and fabrication. Design and construct supporting structures of
strength to safely withstand stresses to which they may be subjected and to properly distribute
the load and impact over building areas. Provide all engineering and fabrication as required
for installation of support system.
D.
Provide hangers, clamps, anchors, inserts, supports, supplementary steel framing, and
hardware of the proper size and load capacity to support electrical equipment and raceways,
whether indicated on the drawings or not.
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of Contract and Division 01
Specification Sections.
B.
Product data for each type of product specified.
C.
Submit for review, shop/assembly drawings and layout drawings of curbs and equipment
supports for major items of equipment.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70
National Electrical Code.
B.
Electrical components shall be listed and labeled by UL, ETL, CSA, or other approved,
nationally recognized testing and listing agency that provides third-party Certification followup services.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
260529-1
C.
Installation Standard: Installation shall meet or exceed the National Electrical Contractors
Association (NECA) Standard of Installation.
D.
Manufacturer's Qualifications:
1.
The Manufacturer shall not have had less than ten years’ experience in manufacturing
Strut Support Systems.
2.
The Manufacturer must certify in writing all components supplied have been
produced in accordance with an established quality assurance program.
E.
All Strut Support System components must be supplied by a single manufacturer.
F.
Standards:
1.
1.5
a.
Federal, State and Local Codes.
b.
American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Specification for the Design of
Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
c.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
d.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
e.
National Electrical Code (NEC).
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
All material is to be delivered to the work site in original factory packaging to avoid damage
to the finish.
B.
Upon delivery to the work site, all components shall be protected from the elements by a
shelter or other covering.
1.6
GUARANTEE
A.
PART 2
2.1
Work shall meet the requirements of the following standards:
Separate guarantees shall be issued from the erector and manufacturer, valid for a period of
one year against any defects that may arise from the installation or manufacture of the Strut
Support System components.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Slotted Metal Angle and U-Channel Systems:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
260529-2
2.2
2.3
American Electric, Kindorf
b.
Alstrut
c.
Unistrut Diversified Products
d.
Power-Strut
e.
Thomas & Betts
COATINGS
A.
Dry, Interior Locations: Supports, support hardware, and fasteners shall be protected with
zinc coating or with treatment of equivalent corrosion-resistance using approved alternative
treatment, finish, or inherent material characteristic. All products installed in dry interior
locations shall be hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwise noted.
B.
Damp or Wet Locations: Supports, support hardware, and fasteners installed in damp or wet
locations, including exterior locations, shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES
A.
Raceway Supports: Clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit straps, threaded C-clamps with
retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel clamps.
B.
Fasteners: Types, materials, and construction features, as follows:
1.
Expansion Anchors - Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type.
2.
Toggle Bolts - All steel springhead type.
3.
Power-Driven Threaded Studs - Heat-treated steel, designed specifically for the
intended application.
C.
U-Channel Systems: Sixteen-gauge channels with 9/16-inch-diameter holes at a minimum of
eight inches on center in top surface. Provide fittings and accessories that mate and match
with U-channel and are of the same manufacturer.
D.
Concrete Equipment Pads:
1.
2.4
a.
Refer to Division 26 Section “Common Work Results for Electrical” for installation
requirements.
ANCHOR METHODS
A.
Hollow Masonry:
Toggle bolts or plastic conical type expansion anchors.
B.
Solid Masonry:
Lead expansion anchors or preset inserts.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
260529-3
C.
Metal Surfaces:
Machine screws, bolts, or welded studs.
D.
Wood Surfaces:
Wood screws.
E.
Concrete Surfaces:
Self-drilling anchors or power-driven studs.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
The installer shall inspect the work area prior to installation. If work area conditions are
unsatisfactory, installation shall not proceed until satisfactory corrections are completed.
INSTALLATION
A.
Set Strut System components into final position true to line, level and plumb, in accordance
with approved Shop Drawings.
B.
Anchor material firmly in place. Tighten all connections to their recommended torques.
C.
Install supporting devices to fasten electrical components securely and permanently in
accordance with NEC requirements.
D.
Coordinate with the building structural system and with other electrical installation.
E.
Raceway Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following requirements:
1.
Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation of
supports.
2.
Strength of each support shall be adequate to carry present and future load multiplied
by a safety factor of at least four. Where this determination results in a safety
allowance of less than 200 pounds, provide additional strength until there is a
minimum of 200 pounds safety allowance in the strength of each support.
3.
Space supports for raceways in accordance with Table I of this Section. Space
supports for raceway types not covered by the above in accordance with NEC.
4.
Support exposed and concealed raceway within one foot of an unsupported box and
access fittings. In horizontal runs, support at the box and access fittings may be
omitted where box or access fittings are independently supported and raceway
terminations are not made with chase nipples or threadless box connectors.
F.
Miscellaneous Supports: Support miscellaneous electrical components as required to
produce the same structural safety factors as specified for raceway supports. Install metal
channel racks for mounting disconnects, light fixtures, and other devices.
G.
Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware
securely, including, but not limited to conduits, raceways, boxes, disconnect switches, and
control components in accordance with the following:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
260529-4
H.
1.
Fasten by means of concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid masonry,
and machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel. Do
not weld conduit, pipe straps, or items other than threaded studs to steel structures.
2.
Ensure that the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent of the proof
test load. Use vibration-and shock-resistant fasteners for attachments to concrete
slabs.
3.
Concrete (New): Iron or steel inserts. Expander type anchors, specified for existing
may be used provided concrete is clear of conduit for drilled depth.
General Supporting Installations:
1.
Supports shall secure conduit in place, and shall prevent vibration, provide for
expansion and contraction and shall make neat appearance.
2.
Provide all supports for all equipment provided under this Section.
3.
Electrical raceway supports to be spaced on the following maximum centers, unless
otherwise required by the NEC:
4.
I.
J.
a.
3/4-inch to 1-inch conduit - 8 feet
b.
1-1/4-inch and larger conduit - 10 feet
Drilling of new concrete slabs will not be permitted. Anchors and inserts shall be
cast in the concrete slabs.
Locations:
1.
Anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, hangers, and supports required for the electrical work
shall be furnished and installed under Division 26.
2.
Coordinate with other trades the location of anchors, sleeves, inserts, and supports
and insure that they are properly installed.
3.
Openings and sleeves shall be set true to line, level, plumb, and position and shall be
set true to line, level, plumb, and position and shall be so maintained during
construction. Where sleeves and openings are provided in poured concrete, inspect
same during and after concrete is poured to insure proper position and correct any
deviation.
Hangers and Supports:
1.
Provide hangers, angles, channels, and other supports required by field conditions to
install items of electrical equipment. Design of supports and methods of fastening
shall be acceptable to the Owner.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
260529-5
K.
L.
2.
Provide weight-distribution facilities, where required so as not to exceed the load
bearing capabilities of floor or walls that bear the weight of, or support, electrical
items.
3.
Equipment shall not be held in place by its own dead weight. Provide base anchor
fasteners in each case.
Inserts:
1.
Inserts for suspended items in poured concrete construction shall be malleable-iron
concrete inserts, adjustable type with insert nut. Items manufactured by Barrett,
Crawford, Elcen, or Grinnell shall be used where applicable.
2.
Inserts for surface-mounted items shall be suitable for the composition of the slab,
wall, or structure on which installation is to be made.
TABLE I: SPACING FOR RACEWAY SUPPORTS
TABLE I: SPACING FOR RACEWAY SUPPORTS
Raceway Size
(Inches)
No.
of
Conductors
in Run
Location
PVC
&
RGS
(Ft.)
EMT
(Ft.)
HORIZONTAL RUNS
1/2, 3/4
1 or 2
Flat ceiling or wall.
5
5
1/2, 3/4
1 or 2
Where it is difficult to provide
supports except at intervals fixed by
the building construction.
7
7
1/2, 3/4
3 or more
Any location.
7
7
1/2 - 1
3 or more
Any location.
1 & larger
1 or 2
Flat ceiling or wall.
6
6
1 & larger
1 or more
Where it is difficult to provide
supports except at intervals fixed by
the building construction.
10
10
1 & larger
3 or more
Any location.
10
10
Any
---
Concealed.
10
10
7
7
VERTICAL RUNS
1/2, 3/4
---
Exposed.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
260529-6
3.3
1, 1-1/4
---
Exposed.
8
8
1-1/2 & larger
---
Exposed.
10
10
Up to 2
---
Shaftway.
14
10
2-1/2
---
Shaftway.
16
10
3 & larger
---
Shaftway.
20
10
Any
---
Concealed.
10
10
Abbreviations:
EMT
Electrical Metallic Tubing
PVC
Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit
RGS
Rigid Galvanized Steel
CLEANUP
A.
3.4
Upon completion of this Section of work, remove all protective wraps and debris. Repair any
damage due to installation of this section of work.
PROTECTION
A.
During installation, protect this work from damage.
B.
Upon completion of this scope of work, it shall become the responsibility of the General
Contractor to protect this work from damage during the remainder of construction on the
project and until substantial completion.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
260529-7
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260533
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
DEFINITIONS
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
COORDINATION
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
METAL WIREWAYS
OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES
PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
BUSHINGS
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
RACEWAY AND BOX REQUIREMENTS
INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS
INSTALLATION OF BOXES
INSTALLATION OF TERMINATIONS
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
PROTECTION
CLEANING
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-1
SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1
1.1
1.2
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 26 Section “Conductors and Cables” for conductors installed in raceways
and boxes and conductor terminations.
2.
Division 26 Section “Hangers and Supports” for raceways and box supports.
3.
Division 26 Section “Underground Ductbanks” for raceways installed in ductbanks
and for ductbanks accessories.
4.
Division 26 Section “Wiring Devices” for devices installed in boxes.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.
1.
Raceways include the following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets include the following:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Device boxes
Outlet boxes
Pull and junction boxes
Miscellaneous Products include the following:
a.
1.3
LFMC
PVC
RGS
Bushings
DEFINITIONS
A.
EMT: Electrical Metallic Tubing.
B.
LFMC: Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit.
C.
PVC: Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit.
D.
RGS: Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-2
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For raceways, wireways and fittings.
B.
Shop Drawings: Include layout drawings showing components and wiring for nonstandard
boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.
The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.
2.
Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
B.
Comply with NECA's "Standard of Installation" and NECA 101 “Recommended Practice for
Installing Steel Conduits”.
C.
Comply with NFPA 70.
1.6
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of raceways and boxes with other construction elements to
ensure adequate headroom, working clearance, and access.
B.
Verify routing and termination locations of conduits and boxes prior to rough-in.
C.
Conduit routing shown on Drawings is only approximate and diagrammatic. Route conduits
as required for a complete conduit and wiring system.
1.7
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A.
PART 2
2.1
Listing and Labeling: Provide raceways and boxes specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
Accurately record routing of all concealed conduits. Record actual routing of all exposed
conduits/larger than 1 inch. Indicate actual locations and mounting heights of outlet boxes,
pull and junction boxes, branch circuits, arrangements, etc.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Metal Conduit and Tubing:
a.
b.
Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation.
Anamet, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-3
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
2.
Nonmetallic Conduit and Tubing:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
3.
Anamet, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.
Arnco Corp.
Breeze-Illinois, Inc.
Cantex Industries; Harsco Corp.
Certainteed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group.
Cole-Flex Corp.
Condux International; Electrical Products.
Electri-Flex Co.
George-Ingraham Corp.
Hubbell, Inc.; Raco, Inc.
Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
R&G Sloan Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Spiraduct, Inc.
Thomas & Betts Corporation
Conduit Bodies and Fittings:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
4.
AFC/Monogram Company.
Carol Cable Co., Inc.
Cole-Flex Corp.
Electri-Flex Co.
Flexcon, Inc.; Coleman Cable Systems, Inc.
Grinnell Co.; Allied Tube and Conduit Div.
Monogram Co.; AFC.
Spiraduct, Inc.
Triangle PWC, Inc.
Wheatland Tube Corporation
American Electric; Construction Materials Group.
Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries.
Emerson Electric Co.; Appleton Electric Co.
Hubbell, Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
O-Z/Gedney; Unit of General Signal.
Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM.
Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.
Thomas & Betts Corporation.
Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
American Electric; FL Industries.
Butler Manufacturing Co.; Walker Division.
Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries.
Electric Panelboard Co., Inc.
Erickson Electrical Equipment Co.
Hoffman Engineering Co.; Federal-Hoffman, Inc.
Hubbell Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
Hubbell Inc.; Raco, Inc.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-4
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
O-Z/Gedney; Unit of General Signal.
Parker Electrical Manufacturing Co.
Robroy Industries, Inc.; Electrical Division.
Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM.
Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.
Thomas & Betts Corp.
Woodhead Industries, Inc.; Daniel Woodhead Co.
METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A.
LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.
B.
RGS: ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.
C.
Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit/tubing materials.
NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
A.
PVC: NEMA TC 2, UL 651, Schedule 40 or 80.
B.
PVC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or conduit/tubing type and material.
OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES
A.
Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast box, deep type, with gasketed cover, and
threaded hubs.
B.
Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation,
including corrosion-resistant screws, mounting brackets, cable clamps, and metal straps for
supporting outlet boxes which are compatible with outlet boxes being used and fulfilling
requirements of individual wiring situations.
PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A.
Boxes for Outdoor and Wet Locations: Flat flanged, surface-mounted, UL listed as raintight,
galvanized cast iron box and cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws.
B.
Boxes for Buried Flush Grade Locations: Refer to Division 26 Section, “Utility Holes” for
product requirements.
BUSHINGS
A.
Bushings shall be self-extinguishing thermoplastic type with 105°C (minimum) temperature
rating.
B.
Bushings with grounding lugs shall be malleable iron body with 105 degrees C (minimum)
insulating ring. Insulating material shall be locked in place and non-removable.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-5
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
Examine surfaces to receive raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for compliance with
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of raceway installation. Do
not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
RACEWAY AND BOX REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conduit Application Schedule:
APPLICATION
CONDUIT TYPE
Exposed exterior locations.
RGS
Exterior underground.
RNC (Sched. 40 PVC)
Equipment connections in
exterior locations.
LFMC (e.g Sealtite)
B.
C.
REMARKS
Use threaded or rain-tight fittings and stainless steel
hardware.
RGS Elbows/Sweeps unless otherwise noted on the
Drawings.
Short lengths only (maximum 6 feet). Use threaded
or rain-tight fittings and stainless steel hardware.
General Requirements
1.
Aluminum conduit is prohibited.
2.
Conduits for exterior underground electric work shall be rigid steel, galvanized and
sherardized, leaving equipment and to points 5 feet beyond footings. Beyond 5 feet
of building, underground conduits shall be non-metallic Schedule 40 PVC, Type II.
3.
Conduits shall slope away from entrance equipment.
Fittings:
1.
All fittings to match conduit material and to be suitable for the purpose intended.
Join conduit with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints
tight.
2.
Provide UL listed compound filled sealing fittings for NEC-required locations, for
conduits passing from interior to exterior, and at the interface of widely different
space temperatures such as refrigeration or cold storage rooms where conduits pass
from warm locations to cool locations, such as the boundaries of air conditioned
spaces and non-conditioned air spaces. For concealed conduits, install each fitting in
a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent
plates or surfaces.
3.
Fasten rigid steel conduit with threaded galvanized steel fittings, double locknuts,
and insulated bushings. Insulated bushings shall be OZ/Gedney type "B", or equal.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-6
D.
4.
Fasten liquid-tight conduit with fittings incorporating a threaded ferrule, nylon
sealing ring, and steel or malleable iron compression nut and body. Furnish Crouse
Hinds metallic liquid-tight fittings, or equal.
5.
Watertight fittings shall use a copper base anti-corrosive conductive compound.
Provide watertight fittings for conduits in damp or wet locations, and underground
locations.
Box Locations:
1.
E.
F.
3.3
Electrical boxes shall accommodate wire pulling, splices, taps, equipment
connections and Code compliance.
Outlet Boxes:
1.
Boxes and conduit fittings for damp or wet locations and exposed locations subject to
damage shall be NEMA 4 cast-aluminum, cast steel or cast iron type with gasketed
cover plates and threaded hubs for conduit entrance.
2.
Extra large boxes shall be provided in accordance with the National Electrical Code
where necessary to prevent crowding of wire in the box.
3.
Plastic boxes and cast "white metal" boxes classified as NEMA 4 will not be
acceptable.
4.
All boxes, whether outlet, junction, pull, or equipment, shall be furnished with
appropriate covers.
5.
No sectionalized boxes shall be used.
6.
Provide factory-made knockout closures for unused openings in outlet boxes.
7.
Provide blank coverplates for all unused boxes.
Junction and Pull Boxes:
1.
Junction and pull boxes shall be furnished and installed as shown or where required
to facilitate pulling of wires or cables. Boxes for exterior work shall be cast
aluminum or galvanized cast iron type with threaded hubs unless otherwise directed.
Gasketed cover plates shall be furnished for outdoor installation.
2.
Pull or junction boxes shall be supported independently of conduit.
INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS
A.
Install raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets as indicated, according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-7
B.
Furnish and install a separate and independent raceway system as shown on the Drawings for
each of the various wiring systems including, but not limited to, the following:
Control Wiring
Incoming Electric Service
Lighting
Power
C.
All raceway systems shall be completely wired as specified herein, shown on drawings and/or
required for satisfactory operation of the various systems.
D.
Support all conduit not embedded in concrete or masonry such that strain is not transmitted to
outlet boxes and pull/junction boxes, etc. Supports to be sufficiently rigid to prevent
distortion of conduits during wire pulling.
E.
Minimum Raceway Size:
1.
1-inch trade size for exterior underground work.
F.
Conceal conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate headroom.
H.
Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
I.
Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports". Arrange
supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
J.
Use capped bushings or "push-penny" plugs to prevent foreign matter from entering the
conduit system during construction. Clean and plug or cap all conduits left empty for future
use.
K.
Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through pads and foundations. Arrange so
curved portion of bends is not visible above the finished slab. Conduit stub-ups and stubdowns shall be arranged in a neat and orderly manner and shall emerge at right angles.
L.
Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same
plane and straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.
M.
Use raceway fittings compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
N.
Run concealed raceways, with a minimum of bends, in the shortest practical distance, unless
otherwise indicated.
O.
Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends parallel. Use
factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for
parallel raceways.
P.
Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-8
1.
Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at connections
subject to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be made tight.
2.
Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.
Q.
Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use 14 AWG zinc-coated steel or monofilament plastic
line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of
slack at each end of the pull wire.
R.
Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete pad or foundation for connection to
freestanding equipment. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit.
S.
Lubricants for pulling wires shall be approved for use with the types of wire and conduit
installed.
T.
Use conduit hubs or sealing lock nuts to fasten conduit to boxes in damp and wet locations.
U.
Install no more than equivalent of three 90° bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to
make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal
conduit larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in size.
V.
Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fittings at low points in conduit system.
W.
Die-cast fittings of pot metal will not be accepted.
X.
Conduits shall be free of any burrs, foreign objects, and water prior to conduit installation.
Y.
Conduit placed against concrete or masonry above ground shall be fastened to the concrete or
masonry with pipe straps or one screw clamp attached to the concrete by means of expansion
screw anchors and screws. "Caddy Clip" type hangers or straps will be permitted only in nonexposed areas and restricted to 3/4" conduit.
Z.
Rigid conduit shall not be strapped or fastened to equipment subject to vibration or mounted
on shock-absorbing bases.
AA.
Conduit shall be installed in such manner as to ensure against the collection of trapped
condensation, and runs of conduit shall be without traps wherever possible. Drill 1/8"
diameter weep holes where necessary.
BB.
Exposed conduit shall be supported according to Code and within three feet of each outlet,
junction box, or cabinet, by galvanized malleable conduit clamps and clamp backs.
CC.
Screws for all exposed work shall be stainless steel, unless otherwise noted.
DD.
No running threads shall be cut or used.
EE.
Conduits which are installed at this time and left empty for future use shall have a nonferrous, 600 lb. tensile strength drag line left in place for future use. All empty conduits
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-9
including conduit stubs shall be tagged at all exposed ends with tags identifying the location
of the end of the conduit.
3.4
3.5
INSTALLATION OF BOXES
A.
Provide grounding connections for raceway, boxes, and components as indicated and
instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts,
according to equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment
connectors.
B.
Provide junction boxes, pull boxes, cable support boxes, and wireways as required for proper
installation of the electrical work. Covers shall be accessible. Small junction boxes shall be
similar to outlet boxes.
C.
Boxes located outdoors and in damp or wet locations shall be cast metal or alloy, fitted with
screw-fastened covers and gaskets, and with threaded conduit connections. Fasteners shall be
stainless steel.
D.
Pull boxes shall be installed at all necessary points to facilitate pulling of wires and to prevent
injury to the insulation or other damage that might result from pulling resistance or for other
reasons necessary for proper installation. Pull box locations shall be approved by the Owner's
representative prior to installation.
E.
Boxes and covers shall be of proper Code size for the number of wires and/or conduits
passing through or terminating therein, but in no case shall any box be less than 4" square.
F.
Each circuit in each box shall be marked with a label identifying circuit designation.
G.
Boxes shall be provided with suitable covers or plates.
H.
Unused knockout holes shall remain closed and those opened by error shall be closed with
approved factory-made knock-out seals.
I.
Box locations as indicated shall be considered to be approximate only. Determine exact
locations from field instructions and coordinate box locations with the work of other trades.
INSTALLATION OF TERMINATIONS
A.
Where raceways are terminated with lock nuts and bushings, align the raceway to enter
squarely, and install the lock nuts with dished part against the box. Where terminations
cannot be made secure with one lock nut, use two lock nuts, one inside and one outside of the
box.
B.
Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw the raceway or fitting tight into the hub so the end
bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align the raceway
so the coupling is square to the box, and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed.
C.
Open ends shall be capped with approved manufactured conduit seals as soon as installed and
kept capped until ready to pull in conductors.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-10
3.6
3.7
3.8
D.
Where conductors enter a raceway, cabinet, pull box, and junction box, the conductors shall
be protected by an insulated bushing providing a smoothly rounded surface.
E.
Double lock nuts shall be used at termination of rigid conduit in knock-out openings.
F.
Ends of conduits shall be equipped with insulating bushings for 1" and smaller, and insulated
metallic bushings for 1-1/4" and larger. Ends of conduit shall be temporarily capped prior to
installation and during construction to exclude foreign material.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
A.
Provide Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC), e.g. Sealtite, in short lengths (maximum
6 feet) for the final connection of exterior equipment, motors and equipment in damp or wet
locations as defined in Division 26 Section “Common Work Results for Electrical”.
B.
Grounding conductors with green colored insulation shall be extended through all flexible
connections including fixture "whips", and fastened to terminals within the first junction
boxes on either side of the flexible length.
C.
Flexible connections shall be sized per the Contract Drawings, or as required in accordance
with Code; the more stringent requirement shall apply.
PROTECTION
A.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Manufacturer and
Installer that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at the
time of Substantial Completion.
B.
Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.
C.
Steel conduit: Conduit that shows corrosion within the guarantee period shall be replaced.
CLEANING
A.
On completion of installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish.
Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips,
scratches, and abrasions.
B.
After conduits and accessories have been installed, and concreting operations completed,
conduit runs shall be satisfactorily cleared of obstructions and foreign matter. Defects which
might damage cable upon installation shall be corrected.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
260533-11
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260543
UNDERGROUND DUCTBANKS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
QUALITY ASSURANCE
SUBMITTALS
SITE CONDITIONS
LEED REQUIREMENTS
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
UNDERGROUND DUCTBANKS
ACCESSORIES
TEST PITS
PAINTING
EXECUTION
LOCATION AND LAYOUT
INSTALLATION
EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, COMPACTING AND SITE PREPARATION
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PLACEMENT OF CONDUIT
CONCRETE WORK
CONDUIT AND DUCT INSTALLATION
REUSE OF EXISTING DUCTBANKS
DIRECT BURIED CONDUIT
RECORD DOCUMENTS
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-1
SECTION 260543 - UNDERGROUND DUCTBANKS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specifications apply to this Section.
B.
Sections of other Divisions in this Specification which relate to excavation and concrete
construction.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes complete concrete ductbank construction and direct burial materials
and methods for outside power and communications systems transmission and distribution.
B.
This Section specifies underground duct placement, materials, and installation procedures.
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
All work described in this Section shall be performed and paid for under Division 26.
B.
Existing Subsurface Utilities: Existing subsurface facilities are shown on the plans to help
the Contractor avoid damage to essential utilities which must remain in service. Take
reasonable steps to ascertain the exact location of all underground facilities prior to doing
work that may damage such facilities. If the discovery of underground facilities not
indicated on the plans or in a location different from what is indicated on the plans, protect
such facilities, notify the Owner's representative immediately, and record actual conditions
found onto the record drawings.
C.
Construction Staking:
1.
Provide the stakes and reference marks necessary for the construction of the
improvements covered by this Contract.
2.
Control stakes which constitute reference points for all Construction work shall be
conspicuously marked with red flagging tape. Provide responsibility to inform
employees and Subcontractors of the stakes' importance, and the necessity for their
preservation. The cost of replacing such controls, should it become necessary for any
reason whatsoever, shall be furnished at no additional cost to the Owner.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer: Company specializing in cast-in-place concrete structures with a minimum of
three years documented experience.
1.
Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1, or an equivalent Certification program.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-1
B.
Materials: All materials shall be new and the best of their respective kinds, free from all
defects and as specified on the plans and the specifications or as accepted by the Project
Engineer. Furnish materials or manufactured articles of the best grade in quality and
workmanship obtainable on the market from firms of established good reputation, or if not
ordinarily carried in stock, shall conform to the usual standards of first-class materials or
articles of the kind required, with due consideration of the use to which they are to be put. In
general, the work performed shall be in conformity and harmony with the intent to secure the
best standard of Construction and equipment of the work as a whole or in part.
C.
Manufacturer's Recommendations:
Whether specifically mentioned or not in these
Specifications, all materials, equipment, devices, etc., shall be installed in a manner meeting
the approval of the manufacturer of the particular item.
D.
Codes and Standards: Provide underground ductbanks conforming to the following:
1.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) - Conform to the
manufacturing standards of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Conform to the following:
a.
b.
c.
3.
1.5
318: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
American Society for Testing & Materials (ASTM)
a.
E.
6: Rigid Metal Conduit.
651: Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit.
651A: Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit.
American Concrete Institute (ACI):
a.
4.
RNI: PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and
Intermediate Metal Conduit.
TC 2: Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80).
TC 3: PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.
TC 6: PVC and BAS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation.
TC 7: Smooth-Wall Coilable Polyethylene Electrical Plastic Duct.
TC 8: Extra-Strength PVC Plastic Utilities duct for Underground
Installation.
TC 9: Fittings for ABS and PVC Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground
Installation.
F512: Smooth-Wall PVC Conduit & Fittings for Underground Installation.
Certification: Manufacturer shall be a company specializing in ductbank structures with a
minimum five years documented experience.
SUBMITTALS
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-2
1.6
A.
Submit shop drawings and product data for all conduit, duct, ductbank materials, accessories,
and miscellaneous components. Submit product data for each type of manufactured material
and product indicated.
B.
Indicate material specifications, dimensions, capacities, and reinforcing details. Submit
concrete product data, concrete mix design, and certified mill test reports for steel bars.
C.
Submit coordination shop drawings of ductbank and underground cable installations
including profiles and elevations of all utility crossings. Proposed deviations from details on
the Drawings shall be clearly marked on all Submittals.
D.
Record Documents: Show dimensional locations of underground ducts and handholes.
SITE CONDITIONS
A.
General: Clearing work shall not begin until temporary fences, barricades, warning signs
and other pedestrian control devices are installed.
B.
Traffic Access:
1.
Conduct operations and schedule cleanup in a manner which causes the least possible
obstruction and inconvenience to adjacent property owners, pedestrians and vehicular
traffic. Furnish, erect, construct and maintain such temporary fences, barriers, lights,
reflectors, cones, signs, ramps, etc., that may be necessary to adequately provide
separation and warn the public of work in progress and of any existing dangerous
conditions. This requirement shall apply continuously and shall not be limited to
normal working hours.
2.
Provide responsibility for coordinating and obtaining approvals of the location for
temporary barricades and/or detours of traffic from the Police and Fire Departments.
3.
If peripheral fencing is used, it shall be provided with reflectors, flashers, signs,
dangles, or barricades as the fence is being built.
4.
Maintain continued access to parking areas, roads, abutting properties, and other
facilities which the construction will cross.
5.
If traffic is reduced to one way, provide a flag person. A minimum of one lane shall
be maintained open to traffic at all times.
6.
When entering or leaving road ways carrying public traffic, the equipment whether
empty or loaded, shall in all cases yield to public traffic.
7.
Supply and maintain cone placements at his sole additional expense.
8.
All traffic signs which fall within the line of Construction or are obstructed by the
equipment or operations shall be temporarily relocated to an unobstructed area.
Temporarily relocated traffic signs shall be returned to their original location at the
end of construction.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-3
1.7
LEED REQUIREMENTS
A.
PART 2
2.1
Refer to Division 01 Section “LEED Requirements” for description of work under this
Division affected by LEED requirements.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
the specified products that may be incorporated in the work, include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1.
Conduit and Fittings:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Ductbank Accessories:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.2
Carlon Electrical Products.
George-Ingraham Corporation.
Condux International.
Carlon.
Osburn Associates.
Underground Devices, Inc.
OZ/Gedney
UNDERGROUND DUCTBANKS
A.
General: Underground ductbanks to be arrangements of single bore, PVC plastic conduits
concrete encased. The number and size of conduits to be as indicated. Turn up connections
through slabs or floors shall be rigid metal.
B.
Material:
1.
Conduit and Fittings:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Type II, heavy wall Schedule 40 PVC plastic, sunlight UV-resistant, in
accordance with the requirements of NEMA publications TC-2 and TC-3
(fittings).
Rigid galvanized heavy wall steel conduit (UL 6) with threaded couplings.
Rigid Metal Conduit, PVC Coated, UL 6, galvanized steel, threaded type,
coated with a polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sheath bonded to the galvanized
exterior surface, nominal 40 mils thick, conforming to NEMA RN 1, Type
A40.
Conduit and fittings shall have a temperature rating at least equal to the
operating temperature of the cable which it contains, minimum 90 degrees C.
Conduit and fittings shall be free from all substances that injuriously affect
any wire or cable insulation.
The Manufacturer shall certify that the plastic is 100 percent virgin material
and the finished product meets the specifications. All PVC conduit and
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-4
fittings shall have solvent-weld connections and shall provide a water-tight
joint.
2.
Concrete: Comply with ACI 318 -- 3,000 PSI strength in 28 days
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
C.
Cement: Portland Blast-Furnace Slag Cement, Type IS or equal meeting
ASTM C593M Specifications and the requirements of ACI 318 and 301.
Fine Aggregate: Concrete sand meeting requirements of ASTM C33.
Course Aggregate: ASTM #57 crushed limestone, meeting requirements of
ASTM C33.
Air Entraining Admix: Complies with ASTM C260 Standard Specifications
for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
Water: Complies with ASTM C94 Standard Specifications for Ready-mixed
Concrete.
3.
Use pea gravel aggregate for void-free duct penetration.
4.
Reinforcing: Deformed conforming to ASTM A615 - Grade 40, minimum 3/4".
Provide coated rebar where exposed to earth, such as on ductbank stubouts. Bars
shall be free of loose scale, rust, or other coatings that will reduce bond.
5.
Spacers: Manufactured precast plastic assembly, base spacer, top spacers and
intermediate spacers, to maintain 4-inches between conduits and completely enclosed
and locked conduit assembly. Set on masonry leveling blocks.
6.
Joint Sealant: Watertight as recommended by conduit manufacturer.
7.
Cable Sealing Bushings: OZ type CSB, with PVC coated discs, or equal.
8.
Thruwall and Floor Seals: OZ type FSK or WSK, or equal.
9.
Expansion Joints: Expansion joints shall be Dylite, as manufactured by Copper,
Scorogord, or Dow Chemical and shall conform to ASTM D-1752, Type II.
10.
Construction Joints: Construction joints shall be formed using Jahn Screed Joint
materials as manufactured by Superior Concrete Accessories, Inc.
Conduit:
1.
Size as indicated on the Drawings. If conduit sizes are not indicated on the
Drawings, then the conduits shall be sized as follows:
a.
b.
Four inches nominal for 600 volts or lower and for Communication
Five inches nominal for voltages above 600 volts.
D.
Elbows: rigid heavy wall galvanized steel with a minimum bend radius of 36 inches (915
mm).
E.
Conduit Termination in Utility Holes and Buildings
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-5
2.3
1.
End Bells: Manufactured end bells of appropriate sizes at each end of conduit.
When entering a new building or a new manhole, the end bells for PVC shall be a
pre-manufactured system (as manufactured by Formex, or equal) with conduit seals,
provision for roughing into the concrete, and water stops.
2.
Bushings: Pre-manufactured groundable steel bushings of appropriate sizes where
bell ends are not used. Steel bushings shall be used on all metal conduit. When
entering a new building, or a new manhole, the bell ends for PVC shall be a premanufactured system (System as manufactured by Formex or equal) with conduit
seals, provisions for roughing into the concrete pour and water stops.
3.
Seals: When entering, below grade, an existing building or manhole, the concrete
shall be core-drilled for the appropriate size conduit and seal. The seal shall be a
mechanical interlocking assembly seal of modular synthetic rubber links properly
sized to fit the pipe and tightened in place, in accordance with the manufacturer's
instruction.
4.
Fire Stopping/Sealant: All cable filled conduits shall be sealed with 3M Fire Barrier
2001 Silicone RTV Foam Conduit Sealant manufactured by 3M Fire Protection
Products, or approved equal.
F.
Plugs: Closure plugs or caps of the same material as the conduit at the ends of the unused
sections at manholes, and at building entrance openings.
G.
Pull wire: Provide a polypropylene, twisted yellow, rot and mildew-resistant 3/8" minimum
pull rope (2400 lbs. tensile strength) in each empty duct.
H.
Grounding: Rigid steel conduit with end bells shall be provided with an Appleton Catalog
No. XJB Series or equal ground bushing with bonding strap. Connect bonding strap to
ground wire in electrical distribution equipment, e.g. transformer(s).
I.
Drainage Assembly: All ducts shall drain to an open end away from the building or
electrical equipment. Ducts shall drain towards handholes wherever possible.
ACCESSORIES
A.
Duct Supports: Rigid PVC spacers selected to provide minimum duct spacings and
concrete cover depths indicated, while supporting ducts during concreting. Spacers shall be
interlocked horizontally only. Provide nylon tie-downs to hold ducts to spacers. Concrete
blocks are prohibited for duct spacers.
B.
End Bells: Flared, smooth-surfaced fittings of same material as conduit; if of different
material, including adapter for connection to conduit.
C.
Underground Line Warning Tapes:
1.
Refer to Division 26 Section, “Electrical Identification” for product requirements.
2.
Bury underground line warning tape 12-inches below grade above every ductbank
and buried conduit.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-6
2.4
2.5
TEST PITS
A.
Provide test pits to locate all utilities and structures. Provide test pits as necessary to
determine actual locations and profiles of obstructions to proposed new work.
B.
Verify existing utilities, locations, and inverts and points of connection.
PAINTING
A.
PART 3
3.1
3.2
General: All exposed conduit shall be primed and painted to match existing building
exteriors.
1.
First coat: Zinc Duct - Zinc oxide primer house and trim paint.
2.
Second Coat: Type and color to match existing building walls and/or trim where
applicable.
EXECUTION
LOCATION AND LAYOUT
A.
Indicated plans and profiles: Approximate, based on field information and available as-built
plans.
B.
Actual locations and profiles: Based on test pits to locate all shown utilities and structures.
Test pits at beginning, center, end, and at all ductbank bends and utility crossings.
C.
Plan and profile adjustments: All provided at no additional cost to Owner, subject to
approval.
D.
Examine site to receive underground ductbanks for compliance with installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of the underground ductbanks. Do not proceed
with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
A.
In accordance with NEMA publication TC-2 and manufacturer's recommendations.
B.
Top of envelope below grade: Minimum as indicated on the Drawings.
C.
Concrete envelope: 3 inches minimum beyond surface of any conduit, minimum 2 inches
between conduits. Top of ductbank shall be crowned to prevent puddling of water.
D.
Seal and Thru Wall Fittings: At entrances to buildings for watertight construction.
E.
Sweeps and bends: Minimum 25 foot radius (except at conduit risers) unless otherwise
approved to accomplish changes in direction of runs either horizontally or vertically. Double
offsets: Minimum 100 foot radius. Sweep bends may be made up of one or more curved or
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-7
straight sections or combinations thereof. Manufactured bends shall have a minimum radius
of 36 inches.
3.3
F.
Mandrel conduits: Mandrel 12 inch long, 1/4 inch less than conduit I.D. Draw a testing
mandrel through each duct.
G.
Clean conduits: After mandrel, with stiff brush, leave no particles or debris. Immediately
install end plugs after cleaning.
H.
Pull Line: Provide 100-pound-tested nylon pull line in all conduits, including spares.
Provide 3 feet of slack at each end of conduit and tag.
I.
Stagger vertical conduit joints: Minimum 6 inches. All joints shall have couplings installed.
J.
Reinforcing steel: Provide reinforcing steel the entire length of the duct system. Provide
four #4 bars, one in each corner minimum, overlap the joints 12-inches, and tie them into the
respective utility, vaults, and buildings, etc. Rebar shall not be installed less than 2-inches
from sides of any duct.
EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, COMPACTING AND SITE PREPARATION
A.
Provide all excavating and backfilling and site preparation necessary to install underground
ductbanks, cables, etc., included in this section of the work. Excavation and backfill shall be
performed in accordance with the requirements of Division 26 Section, “Common Work
Results for Electrical”.
B.
Install forms on sides of the ductbank if the trench is not of the proper firmness to prevent
cave-in. Provide all required excavating, shoring, sheeting, bracing, and backfilling.
C.
The bottom of the trench shall be undisturbed earth. If the trench bottom is too low for
proper grade, fill to the proper level with sand and mechanically compact it. Cut trenches
neatly and uniformly.
D.
Each excavated section between utility holes and from utility holes to the building shall be
completely excavated and graded before any duct is laid in that section.
E.
Provide underground line warning tape 12-inches below finished grade over all ductbanks.
Refer to Division 26 Section “Electrical Identification” for product requirements.
F.
Excavation and Backfill: Refer to Division 26 Section “Common Work Results for
Electrical”.
G.
After excavation of the trench, stakes shall be driven in the bottom of the trench at four-foot
intervals to establish the grade and route of the duct bank.
H.
Pitch the trenches uniformly towards utility holes or both ways from high points between
utility holes for the required duct line drainage. Avoid pitching ducts towards buildings
wherever possible.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-8
3.4
3.5
I.
The walls of the trench may be used to form the side walls of the duct bank provided that the
soil is self-supporting and that concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions.
Forms are required where the soil is not self-supporting.
J.
After the concrete-encased duct has sufficiently cured, the trench shall be backfilled to grade
with earth.
K.
Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation, and reestablish original grades
except as otherwise indicated. Replace removed sod as soon as possible after backfilling is
completed. Restore all areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other
work. Restore vegetation and include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding,
sodding, sprigging, or mulching.
L.
Surplus earth from the trenches, after compacting, shall be removed and disposed of.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
Provide all cutting and patching necessary for the installation of the electrical work. Any
damage done to the work already in place by reason of this work shall be repaired expense
by a qualified mechanic experienced in such work. Patching shall be uniform in appearance
and shall match with the surrounding surface.
B.
Existing Obstructions: Where drawings indicate that underground conduits are to cross
under existing roadways, walks or other similar paved areas, steel conduits shall be driven
under such areas in lieu of installing the conduits in trenches as specified above. After
installation of conduit by either method, all existing paved or grass areas which have been
disturbed in any way shall be restored to their original conditions.
C.
Work with extreme care near existing ducts, conduits, cables, and other utilities to avoid
damaging them.
PLACEMENT OF CONDUIT
A.
Install spacers as recommended by the conduit manufacturer and requirements stated above,
but not to exceed a maximum of four feet on center for PVC conduit and eight feet on center
for steel conduit. Bottom spacers shall rest on 8-inch x 16-inch x 2-inch minimum concrete
pads to prevent them from sinking into the ground and reducing the bottom concrete cover.
Stagger conduit joints in concrete encasement 6 inches minimum horizontally.
1.
Spacer assembly shall consist of base spacers, intermediate spacers, and top spacers
to provide a completely enclosed and locked conduit assembly.
2.
Before placing concrete, anchor duct bank assemblies to prevent the assemblies from
floating during concrete placement. Anchoring shall be done by driving reinforcing
rods adjacent to every other duct spacer assembly and attaching the rod to the spacer
assembly.
3.
Set on masonry leveling blocks prior to pour.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-9
B.
Pitch conduit properly for drainage to handholes and to prevent low pockets or irregular dips
between conduit ends. Minimum pitch to be 4 inches per 100 feet.
C.
Provide accurate locations of conduit in utility hole.
D.
Depending on encasement necessary for duct formation, place conduits on spacers. The
minimum encasement thickness 1-1/2-inches on all sides.
E.
Lay conduits using spacers to provide tier spacing.
F.
Make tight conduit joints by complying with recommendations of conduit manufacturer,
using coupling jointing compound or PVC primer and solvent cement. All joints in conduits
and fittings shall be made up tight and shall be watertight. All threaded portions of steel
conduits that are not to be encased in concrete and adjoining ends of conduits, couplings and
fittings, shall be heavily coated with asphaltum after installation. All connections between
conduits of different types shall be made in an approved manner, using adapters of other
materials and methods recommended for the purpose by the conduit manufacturers.
G.
Provide not more than one 90-degree bend or equivalent between pull points for primary
conduit and two 90-degree bends or equivalent for signal conduit.
H.
Provide end bells on ducts at handholes.
I.
Provide insulated, grounding bushings on duct ends in equipment enclosures.
J.
Plug or cap empty conduits. Provide standard manufactured plugs.
K.
Seal all spare ducts and conduits, at both ends with foam duct sealant to prevent the entrance
of moisture and gases. Refer to Division 26 Section “Common Work Results for Electrical”
for product requirements.
L.
After ducts are in place and before the concrete is poured, the installation shall be inspected
by the Engineer. Notify the Engineer at least two days before the time of inspection.
M.
Clear conduit by rod and pull an approved test mandrel from structure to structure or from
structure to the conduit termination.
N.
Leave nylon or polyester pull line in each conduit, tagged to identify the conduit's point of
origin, contents and final destination.
O.
Conduit Couplings: Conduit couplings shall be staggered so that couplings on adjacent
conduits will not lie in the same transverse plane. End bells shall be spaced approximately 9
inches center to center at face of manhole wall for 4-inch conduits and proportionately
spaced for other sizes. The change from regular conduit spacing to end bell spacing shall
start 10 feet from the face of the manhole wall and shall be made in such a way that the slope
of any conduit will not be less than that of the main bank and no trap will be formed. New
conduit entrances into existing manholes and building walls shall enter at the most desirable
locations consistent with grading requirements and existing entrance and shall be
waterproofed in a satisfactory manner.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-10
P.
Bends: Conduit generally shall be straight between manholes or upturned elbows. Where
bends are unavoidable in non-metallic conduits, they may be made by assembling couplings
at a slight angle, provided the watertight seals are not broken and the resulting radius is not
less than 100 feet. For radii less than 100 feet, 5-degree angle couplings or 5-degree factorymade bend sections shall be used.
Q.
Install top of duct bank minimum 30 inches below finished grade.
R.
Multiple conduit: Install multiple conduit as follows:
1.
2.
3.6
Multiple conduit runs, direct burial or in duct bank, shall be supported on preformed,
non-metallic separators. Spacing between exterior surfaces of conduits generally
shall be not less than the following:
a.
Two (2) inches between telephone conduit.
b.
Two (2) inches between conduits containing cables operating at not over 600
volts.
c.
Six (6) inches between a telephone conduit and any power conduit in the
same envelope.
d.
One and a half (1-1/2) inches between conduits containing cables operating
at over 600 volts.
e.
Spacing between separators shall be close enough to prevent sagging of
conduits and breaking of couplings and watertight seals. Separators shall
also be spaced to keep deformation of conduit at the separators to 0.10-inch
or less. Separators shall be secured with cords where necessary and no tie
wires, reinforcing rods or other metallic materials shall be placed around the
conduits, either individually or in groups, in such a manner as to form a
magnetic loop.
Multiple conduit runs shall be arranged substantially as shown on the drawings, but
minor changes in location or cross sectional arrangement shall be made as necessary
to avoid obstructions. Where conduit runs cannot be installed substantially as shown
because of conditions not discoverable prior to digging of trenches, the condition
shall be referred for instructions before further work is done. All underground
conduit work shall be coordinated with other outside service work. Existing outside
services shall be maintained in operation unless directed otherwise.
CONCRETE WORK
A.
Unless otherwise indicated, all concrete work for electrical ductbanks, etc., shall be provided
under this section of the work. All concrete shall be minimum 3,000 psi compressive
strength at 28 days. Concrete for ductbanks shall be Class B, 470 lb. of Portland cement per
cubic yard.
B.
Supervise the placement of concrete in the ductbank.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-11
C.
Complete entire section of conduit before encasement by concrete. The entire conduit
system shall be tied together with wire and anchored to the bottom of the trench to prevent
any movement or floating while pouring concrete.
D.
Place concrete as specified in Section. Top of concrete envelopes shall be not less than 24
inches below grade.
E.
Provide minimum of 3-inches (76mm) of concrete cover over conduit at the top, bottom, and
sides of the duct bank. Provide crowned top on the concrete to prevent water accumulation.
At poured manholes, tie duct and manhole reinforcing steel together to provide a permanent
connection.
F.
Place concrete continuously without interruption.
G.
Extend concrete envelope to finish floor grade or interior wall surface in buildings at finish
pad grade at equipment. Maintain moisture seal.
H.
Conduits in completed ductbanks shall be straight to within 1/4 inch per 100 feet in both
vertical and horizontal directions.
I.
Pull solid mandrels and swabs (diameter 1/4 inch smaller than conduit) through each conduit
in completed ductbank before installing cables.
J.
Concrete-Encased Nonmetallic Ducts: Support on plastic separators coordinated with duct
size and required duct spacing, and install according to the following:
1.
Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and
deforming of ducts, and secure separators to the earth and to ducts to prevent floating
during concreting.
a.
Provide spacers staggered at least 6 inches vertically along the length of the
duct run to eliminate the potential for a weak vertical shear plane in concrete
encasements.
b.
Provide a minimum of four spacers per 20-foot interval (5 feet maximum)
along the length of the duct run.
2.
Concreting: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and
between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not use power-driven
agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct bank application. Pour
each run of envelope between manholes or other terminations in one continuous
operation. When more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a vertical
plane and install 3/4-inch (18mm) reinforcing rod dowels extending 18 inches (450
mm) into the concrete on both sides of joint near the corners of the envelope.
3.
Forms: Use the walls of the trench to form the side walls of the duct bank where the
soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions.
Otherwise, use forms.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-12
4.
Minimum Clearances Between Ducts: Three inches (75 mm) between ducts and
exterior envelope wall, 3 inches (75 mm) between ducts for like services, and 6
inches (150 mm) between power and signal ducts. Provide plastic spacers to
maintain clearances.
5.
Depth: Except as otherwise indicated, install top of duct bank at least 30 inches
(750 mm) below finished grade for 600 volts and below. Install at least 36 inches
(900 mm) below finished grade for 600 volts and above.
K.
Partial Pouring: Each run of envelope between utility holes shall be poured in one
continuous operation. Where more than one pour is necessary, each pour shall terminate in a
vertical plane, and 3/4-inch reinforcing rod dowel extending 18 inches into the concrete on
each side of the joint shall be provided. The number and locations of dowels shall be as
approved. Partial pours shall not terminate in horizontal or angular planes.
L.
Extensive Disturbed Earth: Where an envelope is installed over an extensive area of
disturbed earth, such as that within the periphery of the building, a separate 3,000 psi
concrete base, satisfactory, shall be provided to ensure stability of the conduits during
installation. The base shall be allowed to set before the conduit bank is installed.
M.
Obstructions Below Grade: Where an envelope is installed over disturbed earth, across
other conduits or pipe lines or under roads or driveways, it shall be reinforced.
Reinforcement shall also be provided where envelopes connect to manhole and building
walls, to prevent shearing of the joints. Where envelopes are terminated for future extension,
dowels shall be provided as specified above for joints between pours. Reinforcement,
generally, shall consist of 3/4-inch rods located in a single layer 1-1/2 inches above the
bottom of the envelope. Outside rods shall be located 1-1/2 inches in from the outside edges
of the envelopes and an intermediate rod shall be placed in the center of each space between
conduits in the lowest row. Provide No. 4 steel reinforcing bars in top of envelope under
paved areas. Additional reinforcement shall be furnished as directed following an inspection
of the trench.
N.
Stub-Ups: Use rigid steel conduit for stub-ups to equipment. For equipment mounted on
outdoor concrete pads, extend steel conduit a minimum of 5 feet (1.5m) from the edge of the
pad and 5 feet outside of the building foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on
the terminations. Couple steel conduits to the ducts with adapters designed for the purpose
and then encase coupling with 3 inches (75 mm) of concrete. Provide insulated grounding
bushings on the terminations.
O.
Above-Grade Conduit:
1.
All exposed conduit rising more than one foot (1') above the adjacent grade shall be
rigid steel conduit, full weight, pipe size, finished inside and outside by a hot-dipped
galvanized method. Conduit shall have threaded-type couplings and fittings with
insulated end bushing. Rigid steel conduit shall extend a minimum of eighteen
inches (18-inches) below grade before transition to PVC conduit.
2.
Provide galvanized or cadmium-plated nails, screws, clips, or other means of securely
anchoring conduit to buildings or other structures as required for a complete
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-13
installation. Adequate provisions shall be taken to prevent dielectric action between
dissimilar metals.
P.
Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of ducts that are wired under this
project. Seal spare ducts at terminations. Use foam duct sealant as specified in Division 26
Section, “Common Work Results for Electrical”.
Q.
Building Entrances: Transition from underground duct to conduit 10 feet (3m) minimum
outside the building wall. Use fittings manufactured for the purpose. Follow appropriate
installation instructions below.
R.
3.7
1.
Concrete-Encased Ducts: Install reinforcing in ductbanks passing through disturbed
earth near buildings and other excavations. Coordinate ductbank with structural
design to support ductbank at wall without reducing structural or watertight integrity
of building wall.
2.
Waterproofed Wall and Floor Entrances: Install a watertight entrance-sealing device
with the sealing gland assembly on the inside. Anchor device into masonry
construction with 1 or more integral flanges. Secure membrane waterproofing of the
device to make permanently watertight.
Mandrelling: After concrete envelopes have set, all conduits shall be mandrelled to ensure
smooth interior surfaces free from burrs or obstructions that might damage the conductor
Insulation or sheaths.
CONDUIT AND DUCT INSTALLATION
A.
Install nonmetallic conduit and duct as indicated according to Manufacturer's written
instructions.
B.
Slope: Pitch ducts a minimum of 4 inches per 100 feet (1:300) to drain toward manholes
and handholes and away from buildings and equipment. Slope ducts from a high point in
runs between two (2) manholes to drain in both directions. Trenches shall be evenly graded
so that conduits will have a uniform rate of fall of not less than 3 inches per 100 feet and will
be free from either horizontal or vertical waves. Unless otherwise specified, each conduit
shall slope uniformly from one manhole to the next or from a high point between manholes.
Low points between manholes or between upturned elbows, shall be avoided wherever
possible. Where it is not possible to avoid a trap or low point in a conduit which has no
concrete envelope, provide a 1/2-inch hole drilled in the bottom of the conduit at the low
point and a crushed stone sump of suitable volume below the conduit. If possible, install the
sump above the high water table elevation for the particular location. Otherwise, provide
special means to prevent the accumulation of water within the conduit.
C.
Curves and Bends: Use manufactured elbows for stub-ups at equipment and at building
entrances. Use manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of 50 feet (15 m)
both horizontally and vertically at other locations.
D.
Make joints in ducts and fittings watertight according to manufacturer's instructions. Stagger
couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in the same plane.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-14
E.
Installation of warning tapes: After placing a minimum of 12 –inches or a maximum of 18
inches of backfill over the ducts, place the appropriate warning tapes above and parallel to
the centerline of the duct for the entire length of the duct trench.
F.
Provide pull rope and measuring tape at the time a mandrel is pulled through each conduit.
Record the wall-to-wall measurements and the size of mandrel used at this time. Provide this
documentation to the Project Engineer on the following working day. After acceptance of
these documents, the Contractor shall remove the measuring tape, leaving only the pull rope
in the conduits.
G.
All work and materials covered by these Specifications shall be subject to inspection at times
by the Owner's designated representative. Any work concealed before it has been inspected
by the Owner's designated representative shall be re-opened or uncovered and any required
modification made to that portion of the work. All trenches shall be opened from manhole to
manhole or manhole to building prior to laying conduit in that trench. Exceptions (such as
street crossings) will be approved prior to excavation on a case-by-case basis by the Owner at
a regular project meeting. These sites shall be inspected by the Owner's representative
during excavation, installation, backfill, restoration, and cleanup.
H.
Separation distance from other buried utilities as follows:
1.
3.8
REUSE OF EXISTING DUCTBANKS
A.
3.9
All others: 18-inches.
Where new cables are to be installed in existing ductbanks and conduit , mandrel and brush
clean each duct prior to installation of new cable. Mandrel and brush procedures shall be as
specified for new conduit and ductbanks. If any duct is found to be collapsed, or deformed,
it shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer immediately.
DIRECT BURIED CONDUIT
A.
Provide where indicated direct-buried electrical circuits utilizing PVC Schedule 40 conduit,
as indicated. Conduit shall be as specified in Division 26 Section, “Raceways and Boxes”.
Burial depth shall be as follows:
1.
Below paved roads (PVC and RGS): 30-inches below bottom of paving.
2.
Under non-vehicle concrete (PVC and RGS): 24-inches below bottom of paving.
3.
Other areas (PVC): 24-inches.
4.
Other areas (RGS): 24-inches.
B.
Minimum separation from other utilities shall be the same as for ductbanks, specified
previously in this Section.
C.
Where feasible, and where indicated, install direct-buried lines parallel, but separated from
other utility lines. Group several direct-buried conduits in a common trench where running
in the same direction, or to/from the same source. All direct-buried conduits shall have
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-15
yellow plastic warning tape buried midway between the conduit and finished grade. Tape
shall be the same as used for ductbanks.
3.10
3.11
D.
Where direct-buried conduits penetrate walls or floor slabs, seal all spaces around conduit
and fittings. Provide through-wall fittings on all wall penetrations.
E.
Where an underground conduit, without a concrete envelope, enters the building through a
non-waterproofed wall or floor, provide a sleeve made of Schedule 40 galvanized pipe. The
space between the conduit and the sleeve shall be filled with a suitable plastic expansible
compound or an oakum and lead joint on each side of the wall or floor in such a manner as to
prevent entrance of moisture. A watertight entrance sealing device hereinbefore specified
will be acceptable in lieu of the sleeve.
RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
Provide record set data of the actual elevation of the top of each end of each raceway or
ductbank at the midpoint, at no more than 100 foot intervals, where changes in elevation are
less than 2 feet between data points, or 10 foot intervals when the elevation between
intervals is different by 2 feet or more between data points.
B.
Provide record drawings indicating actual locations of all installed ductbanks and handholes
including elevations. The record drawing shall indicate location, elevation, and type of
service for all utilities crossed by new ductbank.
C.
Cable Records: The Contractor shall provide a complete listing of all cables installed in each
conduit and ductbank, along with all cable splice locations.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Field inspection and testing shall be performed under provisions of Division 26 Section
“Common Work Results for Electrical” in the presence of the Engineer.
B.
Backfilling shall not be done until the concrete has cured for at least three calendar days.
C.
Exposed surfaces of concrete shall be kept wet (damp) throughout the curing period.
D.
Upon completion of the duct bank installation, a standard flexible mandrel shall be pulled
through each duct to loosen particles of earth, sand, or foreign material left in the line. The
mandrel shall be not less than 12 inches long, and shall have a diameter 1/4-inch less than
the inside diameter of the duct. A brush with stiff bristles shall then be pulled through each
duct to remove the loosened particles. The diameter of the brush shall be the same as, or
slightly larger than, the diameter of the duct.
E.
Seal the ducts and conduits at building entrances, and at outdoor terminations for equipment,
with a suitable non-hardening compound to prevent the entrance of moisture and gases.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS
260543-2
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260545
UTILITY HOLES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SCOPE
RELATED WORK
QUALITY ASSURANCE
SUBMITTALS
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
COORDINATION
LEED REQUIREMENTS
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
PRECAST POLYMER HANDHOLES AND PULLBOXES
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
EXECUTION
EXCAVATION
INSTALLATION – HANDHOLES AND PULLBOXES
GRADE ADJUSTMENTS TO SURFACE STRUCTURES
CLEANING
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UTILITY HOLES
260545 - 1
SECTION 260545
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
1.3
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SCOPE
A.
Complete construction and outfitting of all new handholes and in-ground junction boxes.
B.
Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to provide handholes as
indicated.
C.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the structural integrity of each utility hole as installed
including its associated components such as: bearing capacity of the coil or fill supporting it,
cover, utility hole and openings through utility hole surfaces.
RELATED WORK
A.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.4
UTILITY HOLES
Division 26 Section “Common Work Results” for excavation and backfill
requirements.
Division 26 Section “Conductors and Cables” for conductors installed in raceways
and boxes and conductor terminations.
Division 26 Section “Underground Ductbanks” for direct-buried conduits and
underground ductbanks terminating at utility holes.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm experienced in manufacturing underground precast
concrete or cast-in-place utility structures of types and sizes required and similar to those
indicated for this Project. Firm must have a minimum of a 3-year record of successful inservice performance.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70: National Electrical Code and ANSI C2 National Electrical Safety
Code for components and installation.
C.
Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
1.
The Terms Listed and Labeled: As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article
100.
2.
Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications; A Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UTILITY HOLES
260545 - 2
D.
Coordinate layout and installation of conduits and handholes with final arrangement of other
utilities as determined in the field.
E.
Coordinate elevations of conduit and ductbank entrances into handholes with final profiles of
conduits as determined by coordination with other utilities and underground obstructions.
Revise locations and elevations form those indicated as required to suit field conditions and
ensure duct runs drain to handholes, and as approved by the Engineer.
F.
The following Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications apply to work
included in this Section:
1.
Codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities.
2.
Codes and Standards, Section 01060:
a.
b.
c.
d.
AASHTO Standards: M199 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Utility Hole.
ANSI: C80.1.
ASTM: A36, A48, A153, A386, A615, C33, F512.
Federal Specifications:
1)
2)
3)
e.
f.
National Electrical Code, NFPA-70.
American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1)
1.5
TT-P-0035.
RR-F-621E Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sumps, and Catch
Basin Utility Hole.
SS-S-210A, Sealing Compound, Pre-formed Plastic for Expansion
Joints and Pipe Joints.
318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of General Conditions of the
Contract and Division 26.
B.
Indicate material specifications, dimensions, capacities, size and location of openings,
reinforcing details, and accessory locations.
C.
Provide product data for handholes and accessories.
D.
Submit Site Shop Drawings indicating the proposed locations of all handholes. Proposed
deviations from the Details and Drawings shall be clearly marked on the Submittals. Shop
drawings shall indicate duct profiles and coordination with other utilities and underground
structures. Include plans and sections drawn to accurate scale.
E.
Submit Shop Drawings, including the following:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UTILITY HOLES
260545 - 3
1.6
Drawings for each size and configuration of precast handhole with details of
accessories and joints.
2.
Diagrams showing dimensioned locations for openings and knockout panels for duct
penetrations of handhole walls.
3.
Drawings depicting size, shape, configuration and identification of all cover plates
and their legends.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
Submit under provisions Division 26 Section, “Common Work Results for Electrical”.
B.
Accurately record actual locations and depths of each handhole. Indicate location, elevations,
type of service, quantity and depth of all ductbank connections.
1.7
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Division 26 Section,
“Common Work Results for Electrical”.
B.
Accept products on site. Inspect for damage.
C.
Store precast concrete units at site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical
damage. Arrange so identification markings are visible.
D.
Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points.
1.8
COORDINATION
A.
Obtain all available information on underground utilities before starting excavation. If
underground utilities interfere with shown location of handholes, bring this to the attention of
the Engineer as soon as possible. The utility hole shall be revised or relocated only with the
approval of the Engineer.
B.
Coordinate exact location of each handhole centerline based on local grade, new and existing
utilities, and other items which may affect placement.
1.9
LEED REQUIREMENTS
A.
PART 2
2.1
1.
Refer to Division 01 Section LEED Requirements for description of work under this Division
affected by LEED requirements.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
the specified products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UTILITY HOLES
260545 - 4
1.
Precast Polymer Handholes and Pullboxes:
a.
b.
2.2
Hubbell Quazite
Jensen Precast
PRECAST POLYMER HANDHOLES AND PULL BOXES
A.
Description: Precast polymer concrete enclosures for use as hand holes, pull boxes, splice
boxes or equipment enclosures for underground utility services.
B.
Construction:
C.
D.
1.
Polymer concrete shall be made from selectively-graded aggregates in combination
with a polymer resin, and shall be reinforced with fiberglass for exceptional strength
and rigidity.
2.
Covers shall be heavy-duty type with gasket to reduce incoming fluids into the
enclosure. Covers shall be secured to enclosures with stainless steel bolts.
Dimensions:
1.
Enclosures shall be sized as indicated on the Contract Drawings, unless otherwise
noted or required by the National Electrical Code based on size and layout of
conduits terminated at the same.
2.
Provide enclosures where required for long underground conduit runs, in addition to
enclosures indicated on the Contract Drawings.
3.
Enclosures shall be no less than 12-inches x 18-inches x 24-inches deep.
Covers:
1.
Heavy-duty type with non-skid surface, same design load (Tier level) rating as
respective enclosures.
2.
Tier level ratings shall be embossed on the surface of all covers.
3.
Gasket to reduce incoming fluids into the enclosure, secured to enclosures with
stainless steel bolts.
4.
Factory embossed with lettering (minimum 1/2" high text) to identify system served
by enclosure, as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Power, 600V or Less:
Lighting:
Telecommunications:
Telephone:
Cable Television:
Optical Fiber:
Electric
Lighting
Communications
Telephone
C.A.T.V.
Fiber Optics
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UTILITY HOLES
260545 - 5
E.
Installation: Enclosures shall sit flush with finished grade elevation. Provide a minimum of 6inch layer of compacted gravel for drainage, with filter cloth between handhole and gravel
layer.
F.
Quality Assurance:
G.
2.3
1.
Enclosures and covers shall conform to all test provisions of the most current
ANSI/SCTE 77 “Specification for Underground Enclosure Integrity” for Tier 15
(minimum) applications and shall be UL listed. Refer to Contract Drawings for Tier
Ratings of individual handholes.
2.
Independent third party verification or test reports stamped by a registered
Professional Engineer certifying that all test provisions of this specification have been
met shall be included with product submittal.
Basis of Design: Quazite PG style enclosures, as manufactured by Hubbell.
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
A.
Waterproofing:
1.
PART 3
3.1
3.2
Where openings are provided for the entrance of duct lines, the space between ducts
and utility holes shall be filled with reinforced concrete and resultant gaps sealed
with a watertight sealant to ensure watertight construction.
EXECUTION
EXCAVATION
A.
Provide responsibility for all demolition, excavation and backfilling required to install hand
holes.
B.
After completion of utility hole installation, return all ground and pavement surfaces to
original condition or to condition as indicated on the drawings.
INSTALLATION – HANDHOLES AND PULLBOXES
A.
Install and seal precast sections in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Use gasketed precast neck and shaft sections to bring utility hole entrance to proper elevation.
C.
Install utility holes plumb.
D.
Set the top of each utility hole to finished grade elevation.
E.
Provide where indicated and where required for long underground wire runs. Larger
dimensions may be required per NEC for cables involved.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UTILITY HOLES
260545 - 6
3.3
F.
Handholes shall be set level and adjusted for the final grade. Conduit penetrations shall be
sealed with grout or waterproof sealant. All conduit ends shall have nylon or plastic bushings
to prevent damage to insulation when pulling.
G.
All wiring within handholes, whether spliced or not, shall be identified with permanently
indented or engraved tags as to circuit origination, circuit #, and load served.
GRADE ADJUSTMENTS TO SURFACE STRUCTURES
A.
Frames, Grates, and Covers:
1.
3.4
Frames and covers of all handholes shall be adjusted to proposed finish grade. Grade
rings shall be supplied and installed as required.
CLEANING:
A.
Clean internal surfaces of handholes. Remove foreign material.
B.
Clean-Up: Remove debris from handholes and ensure complete installation is left in neat and
finished condition.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
UTILITY HOLES
260545 - 7
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260553
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
PART 3
3.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PRODUCTS
RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS
WIRING DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELS
NAMEPLATES
SIGNS
UNDERGROUND LINE WARNING TAPE
MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260553-1
SECTION 260553 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes electrical identification materials and devices required to comply with
ANSI C2, NFPA 70, OSHA standards, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
This section includes labeling of all terminations and related subsystems; including, but not
limited to, nameplates, wire and cable markers, labeling and identification of cables,
equipment and other products.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.
B.
Schedule of Nomenclature: An index of electrical equipment and system components used in
identification signs and labels. Provide a schedule of nameplates and stenciling.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with ANSI C2.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
C.
Comply with ANSI A13.1 and NFPA 70 for color-coding.
D.
Comply with applicable EIA/TIA Standards.
E.
Comply with OSHA Standards.
PART 2
2.1
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
PRODUCTS
RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS
A.
B.
Comply with ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum
length of color field for each raceway and cable size.
1.
Color: Black letters on orange field.
2.
Legend: Indicates voltage and service as well as circuit designation for all feeders.
Adhesive Labels: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive vinyl with legend, overlaminated with a
clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260553-2
2.2
C.
Pretensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color-coded, acrylic band
sized to suit the diameter of the line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pretensioned
gripping action when placed in position.
D.
Colored Adhesive Tape: Self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 3/4 inch wide,
in appropriate colors for system voltage and phase.
E.
Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers
and letters.
WIRING DEVICE FACEPLATE LABELS
A.
2.3
Adhesive Labels:
1.
Thermal transfer printable, clear polyester material with glossy finish, 1/2" high,
width as required. Printed lettering shall be 1/4" high black text.
2.
Labels shall be backed with permanent acrylic adhesive and shall exhibit good
adhesion to many metal and other types of surfaces, including textured surfaces and
low surface energy plastics.
3.
Labels shall be resistant to humidity, temperature and UV light.
4.
Labels shall meet requirements of UL 969 Labeling and Marking Standard and shall
be RoHS compliant.
5.
Provide Brady B-432 Series, or approved equal by acceptable manufacturer.
NAMEPLATES
A.
General Nameplate Requirements:
1.
Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70 and as follows:
a.
2.
B.
C.
Normal Power System: White lettering on black background.
Backed with adhesive material formulated for the type of surface, intended use and
installed location.
Nameplates for Dry, Interior Locations:
1.
Engraving stock, melamine 3-layer plastic laminate.
2.
Minimum 1/16-inch (1.6-mm) thick for signs up to 20 sq. inches (129 sq. cm)
3.
Minimum 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) thick for signs larger than 20 sq. inches.
Nameplates for Damp/Wet Interior and Exterior Locations:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260553-3
1.
2.4
D.
Refer to Contract Drawings for typical nameplate details.
E.
Refer to Paragraph "Equipment Identification Labels" under Part 3 of this Section for
installation requirements.
SAFETY SIGNS
A.
2.5
Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.45.
UNDERGROUND LINE WARNING TAPE
A.
2.5
Weather-resistant, UV-resistant, minimum 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) thick.
Non-biodegradable, polyethylene tape, 5 mil minimum thickness and a minimum of 6 inches
wide with detectable metallic foil. Provide warning labels on 3 foot centers, colored as
follows:
1.
Electrical ducts, piping or cable (600V and below) – Red tape with black printed
labeling: CAUTION-BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW.
2.
Electrical ducts, piping or cable (above 600V) - Red tape with black printed
labeling: CAUTION –BURIED HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE BELOW.
B.
Where two (2) or more services share a common ductbank, warning tape for each service shall
be installed above each service’s respective conduit(s).
C.
Bury marker tape 12-inches below grade above every ductbank and buried conduit. Refer to
Division 26 Section, “Underground Ductbanks” for additional information.
MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A.
B.
Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable
ties.
1.
Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm).
2.
Tensile Strength: 50 lb (22.3 kg) minimum.
3.
Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C).
4.
Color: According to color-coding.
Paint: Formulated for the type of surface and intended use.
1.
Primer for Galvanized Metal: Single-component acrylic formulated for galvanized
surfaces.
2.
Primer for Concrete Masonry Units: Heavy-duty-resin block filler.
3.
Primer for Concrete: Clear, alkali-resistant, binder-type sealer.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260553-4
4.
PART 3
3.1
Enamel: Silicone-alkyd or alkyd urethane as recommended by primer manufacturer.
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General:
1.
Each piece of equipment, including but not limited to, switchboard(s), safety
switches, lighting contactors, outlet assemblies, etc., must be labeled for voltage in
addition to other requirements listed herein.
2.
All equipment must be identified with the same designation used in the Main
Switchboard.
3.
Before attaching labels, clean all surfaces with the label manufacturer's recommended
cleaning agent.
4.
Install all labels firmly, as recommended by the label manufacturer.
5.
Labels attached to electrical equipment shall be installed plumb and neatly on all
equipment.
6.
Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines.
7.
Secure nameplates to equipment fronts unless otherwise noted.
8.
Embossed tape will not be permitted for any application.
9.
Stenciling is prohibited.
10.
Labels: All labels shall be permanent and be machine-generated.
NO
HANDWRITTEN OR NON-PERMANENT LABELS SHALL BE ALLOWED.
11.
Label size shall be appropriate for the conductor/cable size(s), and equipment size.
All labels to be used shall be self-laminating, white/transparent vinyl and be wrapped
around the cable. Flag type labels are not allowed. The labels shall be of adequate
size to accommodate the circumference of the cable being labeled and properly selflaminated over the full extent of the printed area of the label.
Switchboard Circuit Directories:
1.
Switchboards shall be equipped with equipment nameplates as specified in paragraph
“Equipment Identifications Nameplates” in this Section.
2.
Switchboards shall have accurate typed circuit directories indicating exactly what
each branch circuit serves.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260553-5
C.
3.
The circuit directories shall include the name, address, and contact information for
the Electrical/Division 26 Contractor.
4.
If at anytime after occupancy the nameplates or directories are found to be incorrect
due to negligence by the installer, then the Contractor shall trace out circuits, and
correct the directories at no additional cost to the Owner.
Miscellaneous Identification:
1.
Individual circuit breakers in switchboards: 1/4-inch text (6 mm); identify circuit and
load served, including location.
2.
Individual circuit breakers, enclosed switches, and lighting contactors: 1/4-inch text
(6 mm); identify load served, circuit and voltage.
3.
Junction boxes: 1/4-inch text (13 mm); identify load served, circuit and voltage.
D.
Identification Materials and Devices: Install at locations for most convenient viewing without
interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
E.
Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other
designations with corresponding designations in the Contract Documents or with those
required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project.
F.
Sequence of Work: If identification is applied to surfaces that require finish, install
identification after completing finish work.
G.
Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before applying.
H.
Caution Labels for Boxes and Enclosures: Install pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive labels
identifying system voltage with black letters on orange background. Install on exterior of
door or cover. Install label on inside face of door or cover in finished spaces.
I.
Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Install labels externally.
1.
Exposed Boxes: Pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive plastic label on cover.
2.
Labeling Legend: Permanent, waterproof listing of panel and circuit number or
equivalent.
J.
Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench backfilling, for exterior underground
power, control, signal, and communication lines, install continuous underground line warning
tape located directly above line at 12 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Where
width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope does not exceed 16
inches (400 mm) overall, use a single line marker. Install line marker for underground wiring,
both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway.
K.
Secondary Service, Feeder, and Branch-Circuit Conductors: Color-code throughout the
secondary electrical system. Refer to Division 26 Section “Conductors and Cables” for
additional requirements.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260553-6
L.
M.
N.
Power-Circuit and Control Wire Identification: Wraparound marker bands for each conductor
in switchboards, contactors, pullboxes, and at load connections. Identify with branch circuit
or feeder number for power and lighting circuits and with control wire number as indicated on
equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring.
1.
Legend: 1/4-inch- (6.4-mm-) steel letter and number stamping or embossing with
legend corresponding to indicated circuit designations.
2.
Tag Fasteners: Nylon cable ties.
3.
Band Fasteners: Integral ears.
Apply identification to conductors as follows:
1.
Conductors to be Extended in the Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.
2.
Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor
with source, voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color-coding to identify circuits'
voltage and phase.
3.
Multiple Control and Communication Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each
conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use a consistent system of tags,
color-coding, or cable marking tape.
Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs as follows:
1.
O.
Warnings, Cautions, and Instructions: Install to ensure safe operation and
maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install
engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions
are needed for system or equipment operation. Install metal-backed butyrate signs
for outdoor items.
Equipment Identification Nameplates:
1.
Install on each unit of equipment, including power and lighting contactors, and reefer
outlet assemblies.
2.
Unless otherwise noted, nameplates shall identify equipment designation(s), voltage
rating, and source (including source locations).
3.
Nameplates for disconnect switches, lighting contactors, etc…, shall indicate the
designation of the load served as the “equipment designation”.
4.
In general, nameplates requiring one or two lines of text shall be 1-1/2 inches high.
Labels requiring three lines of text shall be 2 inches high. The first line of text,
which shall indicate equipment designation/load served, shall utilize ½ inch high
lettering. Remaining lines of text, which shall indicate voltage ratings and source
information shall utilize ¼ inch high lettering. Refer to the Drawings for nameplate
examples.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260553-7
5.
Apply labels to each unit of the following categories of equipment:
a.
Switchboards.
b.
Disconnect Switches.
c.
Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures.
d.
Lighting Contactors.
e.
Reefer outlet assemblies.
P.
Surfaces shall be cleaned and painted, if specified, before applying markings.
Q.
Protect finished identification to ensure that markings are clear and legible when project is
turned over to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260553-8
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260573
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SCOPE
REFERENCES
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
PRODUCTS
STUDIES
DATA
SHORT-CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
PROTECTIVE DEVICE TIME-CURRENT COORDINATION ANALYSIS
ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
GENERAL
EXECUTION
FIELD ADJUSTMENT
ARC FLASH HAZARD LABELS
AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LABELS
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-1
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SECTION 260573 – ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
1.3
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SCOPE
A.
An Engineering Analysis and Coordination Study shall be performed on and include all
portions of the electrical distribution system. The analysis shall include a short-circuit
analysis with protective device evaluation, a protective device coordination study, timecurrent analysis of each protective device, and equipment evaluation study.
B.
The contractor shall furnish an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study per the requirements set
forth in the current version of NFPA 70E – Standard for Electrical Safety in the
Workplace. The arc flash hazard analysis shall be performed according to the IEEE
Standard 1584-2002, the IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Calculations.
C.
The project/report shall begin at the overcurrent protective device ahead of the new padmounted transformer, to the 480Y/277V main switchboard (MSB) and continue through
the 480Y/277V distribution system to the new reefer outlet assemblies.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE):
1.
IEEE 141 – Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution and
Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.
2.
IEEE 242 – Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems.
3.
IEEE 399 – Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power
System Analysis.
4.
IEEE 241 – Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial
Buildings.
5.
IEEE 1015 – Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit
Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.
6.
IEEE 1584 – Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-2
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
C.
1.4
1.
ANSI C57.12.00 – Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed
Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers.
2.
ANSI C37.13 – Standard for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in
Enclosures.
3.
ANSI C37.010 – Standard Application Guide for AC High Voltage Power
Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis.
4.
ANSI C37.41 – Standard Design Tests for High Voltage Fuses, Distribution
Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches and
Accessories.
The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1.
NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code, latest edition.
2.
NFPA 70E – Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.
SUBMITTALS
A.
The studies shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to receiving final approval of the
distribution equipment shop drawings and/or prior to release of equipment drawings for
manufacturing. If formal completion of the study may cause delays in equipment
shipments, approval from the Engineer may be obtained for a preliminary submittal of
data to ensure that the selection of device ratings and characteristics will be satisfactory
to properly select the distribution equipment. The formal study will be provided to verify
preliminary findings.
B.
The results of the short-circuit, protective device coordination and arc flash hazard
analysis studies shall be summarized in a final report. A minimum of five (5) bound
copies of the complete final report shall be submitted. Electronic PDF copies of the
report shall be provided upon request.
C.
The report shall include the following sections:
1.
Executive Summary including Introduction, Scope of Work and Results/
Recommendations.
2.
Short-Circuit Methodology Analysis Results and Recommendations.
3.
Short-Circuit Device Evaluation Table
4.
Protective Device
Recommendations.
5.
Protective Device Settings Table
6.
Time-Current Coordination Graphs and Recommendations
Coordination
Methodology
Analysis
Results
and
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-3
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
D.
1.5
7.
Arc Flash Hazard Methodology Analysis Results and Recommendations
including the details of the incident energy and flash protection boundary
calculations, along with Arc Flash boundary distances, working distances,
Incident Energy levels and Personal Protection Equipment levels.
8.
Arc Flash Labeling section showing types of labels to be provided. Section will
contain descriptive information as well as typical label images.
9.
One-line system diagram that shall be computer generated and will clearly
identify individual equipment buses, bus numbers used in the short circuit
analysis, cable and bus connections between the equipment, calculated maximum
short-circuit current at each bus location, device numbers used in the time-current
coordination analysis, and other information pertinent to the computer analysis.
Qualification data for firms and persons specified in “Quality Assurance” Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with
project names, addresses, names of Engineer and Owner, and other information specified.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The short-circuit, protective device coordination and arc flash hazard analysis studies
shall be conducted under the responsible charge and approval of a Registered State of
Delaware Professional Electrical Engineer skilled in performing and interpreting the
power system studies. Report shall be signed and sealed by the Engineer.
B.
The Registered Professional Electrical Engineer shall have a minimum of five (5) years
of experience in performing power system studies.
C.
The approved engineering firm shall demonstrate experience with Arc Flash Hazard
Analysis by submitting names of at least ten actual arc flash hazard analyses it has
performed in the past year.
D.
Engineering Analysis and Coordination Study shall be performed by one of the
following, or an approved and qualified equal.
1.
Cable Testing Services, Inc.
505 School House Road
Kennett Square, PA 19348
Telephone: 302-369-5420
Fax: 302-369-5515
Contact: Chris Fultz
2.
AB Engineering LLC
303 Dressage Court
West Chester, PA 19382
Telephone: 610-765-1290
Fax: 610-785-1319
Contact: Alton Baum, P.E.
3.
AB Engineering LLC
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-4
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
985 Hacienda Court
Westminster, MD 21157
Telephone: 443-536-9876
Fax: 610-785-1319
Contact: Vincent Walters, P.E.
PART 2
2.1
4.
Potomac Testing, Inc.
1610 Professional Blvd, Suite A
Crofton, MD 21114
Telephone: 301-352-1930
Toll-Free: 1-800-331-2022
Contact: Paul Gill, P.E.
5.
Coordinated Power Engineering, Inc.
1340-G Charwood Road
Hanover, MD 21076
Telephone: 410-694-9494
Fax: 410-694-0085
Contact: Carl E. Rager, P.E.
6.
Keystone Engineering Group, Inc.
590 East Lancaster Avenue, Suite 200
Frazer, PA 19355
Telephone: 610-407-4100
Fax: 610-407-4101
Contact: Philip M. Gonski, P.E.
7.
IETC
5410 Mt. Pigsah Road
York, PA 17406
Telephone: 717-252-4730
Fax: 717-252-4793
Contact: William N. Luddy, P.E.
8.
Reuter Hanney
11620 Crossroads Circle
Suite D-E
Middle River, MD 21220
Telephone: 410-344-0300
Fax: 410-335-4389
9.
Schneider Electric
9 East Court, Suite G
Owings Mills, MD 21117
Telephone: 410-559-2917
Contact: Ann Elliott
PRODUCTS
STUDIES
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-5
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
A.
2.2
2.3
The contractor shall furnish an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study per NFPA 70E –
Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, reference Article 130.3 and Annex D.
This study shall also include short-circuit and protective device coordination studies.
DATA
A.
Contractor shall furnish all data as required for the power system studies. The Engineer
performing the short-circuit, protective device coordination and arc flash hazard analysis
studies shall furnish the Contractor with a list of required data immediately after award of
the contract. The Contractor shall expedite collection of the data to assure completion of
the studies as required for final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings
and/or prior to the release of the equipment for manufacturing.
B.
Source contribution may include present and future motors.
C.
Load data utilized may include existing and proposed loads obtained from Contract
Documents provided by Owner, or Contractor.
D.
If applicable, include fault contribution of existing motors in the study. The contractor
shall obtain required existing equipment data, if necessary, to satisfy the study
requirements.
SHORT-CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
A.
Transformer design impedances shall be used when test impedances are not available.
B.
Provide the following:
1.
Calculation methods and assumptions
2.
Selected base per unit quantities.
3.
One-line diagram of the system being evaluated that clearly identifies individual
equipment buses, bus numbers used in the short-circuit analysis, cable and bus
connections between the equipment, calculated maximum short-circuit current at
each bus location and other information pertinent to the computer analysis.
4.
The study shall include input circuit data including electric utility system
characteristics, source impedance data, conductor lengths, number of conductors
per phase, conductor impedance values, insulation types, transformer impedances
and X/R ratios, motor contributions, and other circuit information as related to
the short-circuit calculations.
5.
Tabulations of calculated quantities including short-circuit currents, X/R ratios,
equipment short circuit interrupting or withstand current ratings and notes
regarding adequacy or inadequacy of the equipment rating.
6.
Results, conclusions, and recommendations. A comprehensive discussion
section evaluating the adequacy or inadequacy of the equipment must be
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-6
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
provided and include recommendations as appropriate for improvements to the
system.
2.4
C.
For solidly-grounded systems, provide a bolted line-to-ground fault current study for
applicable buses as determined by the engineer performing the study.
D.
Protective Device Evaluation:
1.
Evaluate equipment and protective devices and compare to short circuit ratings.
2.
Adequacy of switchgear, motor control centers, and panelboard bus bars to
withstand short-circuit stresses.
3.
Contractor shall notify Engineer in writing, of any circuit protective devices
improperly rated for the calculated available fault current.
PROTECTIVE DEVICE TIME-CURRENT COORDINATION ANALYSIS
A.
Protective device coordination time-current curves (TCC) shall be displayed on log-log
scale graphs.
B.
Include on each TCC graph, a complete title with descriptive device names.
C.
Terminate device characteristic curves at a point reflecting maximum symmetrical or
asymmetrical fault current to which the device is exposed.
D.
Identify the device associated with each curve by manufacturer type, function, and, if
applicable, tap, time delay, and instantaneous settings recommended.
E.
Plot the following characteristics on the TCC graphs, where applicable.
1.
Electric utility’s overcurrent protective device
2.
Medium voltage equipment overcurrent relays
3.
Medium and low voltage fuses including manufacturer’s minimum emtl, total
clearing, tolerance, and damage bands.
4.
Low-voltage equipment circuit breaker trip devices, including manufacturer’s
tolerance bands
5.
Transformer full load current, magnetizing inrush current, and ANSI through
fault protection curves.
6.
Medium voltage conductor damage curves.
7.
Ground fault protective devices, as applicable.
8.
Pertinent motor starting characteristics and motor damage points, where
applicable.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-7
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
9.
2.5
The largest feeder circuit breaker in each applicable panelboard.
F.
Provide adequate time margins between device characteristics such that selective
operation is provided, while providing proper protection.
G.
Provide the following:
1.
A one-line diagram shall be provided which clearly identifies individual
equipment buses, bus numbers, device identification numbers and the maximum
available short-circuit current at each bus when known.
2.
A sufficient number of log-log plots shall be provided to indicate the degree of
system protection and coordination by displaying the time-current characteristics
of series connected overcurrent devices and other pertinent system parameters.
3.
Computer printouts shall accompany the log-log plots and will contain
descriptions for each of the devices shown, settings of the adjustable devicse, and
device identification numbers to aid in locating the devices on the log-log plots
and the system one-line diagram.
4.
The study shall include a separate, tabular printout containing the recommended
settings of all adjustable overcurrent protective devices, the equipment
designation where the devices is located, and the device number corresponding to
the device on the system one-line diagram
5.
A discussion section which evaluates the degree of system protection and service
continuity with overcurrent devices, along with recommendations as required for
addressing system protection or device coordination deficiencies.
6.
Contractor shall notify Engineer in writing of any significant deficiencies in
protection and /or coordination. Provide recommendations for improvements.
ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS
A.
The arc flash hazard analysis shall be performed according to the IEEE 1584 equations
that are presented in NFPA 70E-2009, Annex D. The arc flash hazard analysis shall be
performed in conjunction with the short-circuit analysis (Section 2.03) and the protective
device time-current coordination analysis (Section 2.04).
B.
The flash protection boundary and the incident energy shall be calculated at all locations
in the electrical distribution system (distribution panelboard, branch panelboards) where
work could be performed on energized parts.
C.
Working distances shall be based on IEEE 1584. The calculated arc flash protection
boundary shall be determined using those working distances.
D.
When appropriate, the short circuit calculations and the clearing times of the phase
overcurrent devices will be retrieved from the short-circuit and coordination study model.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-8
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
Ground overcurrent relays should not be taken into consideration when determining the
clearing time when performing incident energy calculations.
E.
The short-circuit calculations and the corresponding incident energy calculations for
multiple system scenarios must be compared and the greatest incident energy must be
uniquely reported for each equipment location in a single table. Calculations must be
performed to represent the maximum and minimum contributions of fault current
magnitude for normal and emergency operating conditions. The minimum calculation
will assume that the utility contribution is at a minimum. Conversely, the maximum
calculation will assume a maximum contribution from the utility. Calculations shall take
into consideration the parallel operation of synchronous generators with the electric
utility, where applicable as well as any stand-by generator applications.
F.
The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall be performed utilizing mutually agreed upon
facility operational conditions, and the final report shall describe, when applicable, how
these conditions differ from worst-case bolted fault conditions.
G.
The incident energy calculations must consider the accumulation of energy over time
when performing arc flash calculations on buses with multiple sources. Iterative
calculations must take into account the changing current contributions, as the sources are
interrupted or decremented with time. Fault contribution from motors should be
decremented as follows:
1.
Fault contribution from induction motors should not be considered beyond 5
cycles.
H.
For each piece of ANSI rated equipment with an enclosed main device, two calculations
shall be made. A calculation shall be made for the main cubicle, sides or rear; and shall
be based on a device located upstream of the equipment to clear the arcing fault. A
second calculation shall be made for the front cubicles and shall be based on the
equipment’s main device to clear the arcing fault. For all other non-ANSI rated
equipment, only one calculation shall be required and it shall be based on a device
located upstream of the equipment to clear the arcing fault.
I.
When performing incident energy calculations on the line side of a main breaker (as
required per above), the line side and load side contributions must be included in the fault
calculation.
J.
Mis-coordination should be check amongst all devices within the branch containing the
immediate protective device upstream of the calculation location and the calculation
should utilize the fastest device to compute the incident energy for the corresponding
location.
K.
Arc Flash calculations shall be based on actual overcurrent protective device clearing
time. A maximum clearing time of 2 seconds will be used based on IEEE 1584-2002
section B.1.2. Where it is not physically possible to move outside of the flash protection
boundary in less than 2 seconds during an arc flash event, a maximum clearing time
based on the specific location shall be utilized.
L.
Provide the following:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-9
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PART 3
3.1
3.2
1.
Results of the Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall be submitted to tabular form, and
shall include device or bus name, bolted fault and arcing fault current levels,
flash protection boundary distances, working distances, personal protective
equipment classes and AFIE (Arc Flash Incident Energy) levels.
2.
The Arc Flash Hazard Analysis shall report incident energy values based on
recommended device setting for equipment within the scope of the study.
3.
The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis may include recommendations to reduce AFIE
levels and enhance worker safety.
4.
The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall also include copies of arc-flash hazard
warning labels specified in Part 3 of this Section, for all pieces of equipment
receiving a label, which shall also be included in the O & M Manual specified in
Division 01.
EXECUTION
FIELD ADJUSTMENT
A.
Contractor shall adjust relay and protective device settings according to the
recommended setting table provided by the coordination study.
B.
Contractor shall make minor modifications to equipment as required to accomplish
conformance with short circuit and protective device coordination studies.
C.
Contractor shall notify Engineer in writing of any required major equipment
modifications.
ARC FLASH HAZARD LABELS
A.
Contractor shall provide a 4.0 in. x 4.0 in. (nominal) Brady thermal transfer type label of
high adhesion polyester for each work location analyzed.
B.
The labels shall be designed according to the following standards:
C.
1.
UL969 – Standard for Marking and Labeling Systems
2.
ANSI Z535.4 – Product Safety Signs and Labels
3.
NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) – Article 110.16
The labels shall include the following information:
1.
Equipment Designation
2.
Source Designation
3.
Fault Current (kA)
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-10
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
System Voltage
5.
Flash Protection boundary
6.
Personal Protective Equipment category
7.
Arc Flash Incident energy value (cal/cm2)
8.
Limited and restricted Approach Boundaries
9.
Study report number and issue date
10.
Name of Company who completed study
D.
Labels shall be printed by a thermal transfer type printer, with no field markings.
E.
Arc flash labels shall be provided for equipment as identified in the study and the
respective equipment access areas per the following:
F.
3.3
4.
1.
Floor Standing Equipment – Labels shall be provided on the front of each
individual section. Equipment requiring rear and/or side access shall have labels
provided on each individual section access area. Equipment line-ups containing
sections with multiple incident energy and flash protection boundaries shall be
labeled as identified in the Arc Flash Analysis table.
2.
Wall Mounted Equipment – Labels shall be provided on the front cover or a
nearby adjacent surface, depending upon equipment configuration.
3.
General Use Safety labels shall be installed on equipment in coordination with
the Arc Flash labels. The General Use Safety labels shall warn of general
electrical hazards associated with shock, arc flash, and explosions, and instruct
workers to turn off power prior to work.
Labels shall be field installed by Contractor.
AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LABELS
A.
Contractor shall provide a 4.0 in. x 4.0 in. Brady thermal transfer type label of high
adhesion polyester for each piece of service equipment as defined in the National
Electrical Code.
B.
The labels shall be designed according to the following standards:
1.
UL969 – Standard for Marking and Labeling Systems
2.
ANSI Z535.4 – Product Safety Signs and Labels
3.
NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) – Article 110.24.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-11
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
C.
The labels shall include the following information:
1.
Line 1 – “Maximum Available Fault Current”
2.
Line 2 – “_________ Amperes”; Contractor shall field mark maximum available
fault current available at the line terminals of the equipment.
3.
Line 3 – Date of Installation
D.
Labels shall be printed by a thermal transfer type printer.
E.
Labels shall be field-installed by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
260573-12
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DIVISION 26
SECTION 260923
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
COORDINATION
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
GENERAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE REQUIREMENTS
COMBINATION LIGHTING CONTACTORS
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
IDENTIFICATION
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
CLEANING
DEMONSTRATION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
260923-1
SECTION 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
1.4
1.5
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
GENERAL
This Section includes combination type lighting contactors.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include dimensions and data on features, components, and ratings for
lighting control devices. Provide product data on each control device specified.
B.
Maintenance Data: For lighting control devices to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 01. Include instructions on adjusting, repairing, cleaning and
lubricating each control device specified.
C.
Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of each lighting control
device, and indicate circuits controlled.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain lighting control devices from a single source with total
responsibility for compatibility of lighting control system components specified in this
Section.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA70, Article 100, for their indicated use and installation conditions by a testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C.
Comply with 47 CFR 15, Subparts A and B, for Class A digital devices.
D.
Comply with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
E.
Comply with NEMA ICS 2, Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies.
F.
Comply with UL 773A, Non-Industrial Photoelectric Switches for Lighting Control.
G.
Comply with ANSI/NEMA ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate features of devices specified in this Section with systems and components
specified in other Sections to form an integrated system of compatible components.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
260923-2
Match components and interconnections for optimum performance of specified functions.
Include coordination with the following:
1.
PART 2
2.1
Division 26 Section “Exterior Lighting”.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1.
Lighting Contactors:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.2
GENERAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE REQUIREMENTS
A.
2.3
Automatic Switch Co.
Challenger Electrical Equipment Corp.
Cutler-Hammer Products; Eaton Corporation.
Furnas Electric Co.
GE Lighting Controls.
Hubbell Lighting, Inc.
Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
Square D Co.; Power Management Organization.
Zenith Controls, Inc.
Line-Voltage Surge Protection: Include in all 120- and 277-V solid-state equipment.
Comply with UL 1449 and with ANSI C62.41 for Category A locations.
COMBINATION LIGHTING CONTACTORS
A.
B.
PART 3
Description: Combination lighting contactors shall include fusible disconnect switch,
Class “R” fuse clips, and electrically operated and electrically held lighting contactor in
NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure, complying with UL 508 and NEMA ICS 2.
1.
Current Rating for Switching: UL listing or rating consistent with type of load
served, including high output LED light sources.
2.
Control Coil Voltage: Match control power source.
3.
Provide fused control power transformer for each contactor as required by power
source.
4.
Refer to “Lighting Contactor Schedule” on the Contract Drawings for ratings.
Basis of Design: Provide Square D Company Class 8903 combination lighting
contactors, or approved equal by acceptable manufacturer.
EXECUTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
260923-3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
INSTALLATION
A.
Install equipment level and plumb and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B.
Mount lighting control devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and
requirements in Division 26 Section “Common Work Results for Electrical”.
C.
Mounting heights indicated are to bottom of unit for suspended devices and to center of
unit for wall-mounting devices.
D.
All products and devices shall be installed in accessible locations.
E.
Provide enclosures for each individual component.
CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
A.
Install wiring between sensing and control devices according to manufacturer's written
instructions and as specified in Division 26 Section “Conductors and Cables”.
B.
Wiring Method: Install all wiring in raceway as specified in Division 26 Section
“Raceways and Boxes”, unless run in accessible ceiling space and gypsum board
partitions.
C.
Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.
D.
Ground equipment.
E.
Connections: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use
those specified in UL 486A.
F.
Connect control devices to systems controlled, to achieve proper system operation.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Provide equipment nameplate(s) to identify equipment designation, power supply circuit,
and load(s) controlled for each lighting control device. Refer to the Contract Drawings
for additional information.
B.
Identify power and control wiring according to Division 26 Section “Electrical
Identification”.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least seven days'
advance notice.
B.
Inspect control components for defects and physical damage, testing, laboratory labeling,
and nameplate compliance with the Contract Documents.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
260923-4
3.5
C.
Check tightness of electrical connections with torque wrench calibrated within previous
six months. Use manufacturer's recommended torque values.
D.
Electrical Tests: Use particular caution when testing devices containing solid-state
components. Perform the following according to manufacturer's written instructions:
Continuity tests of circuits.
2.
Operational Tests: Set and operate devices to demonstrate their functions and
capabilities in a methodical sequence that cues and reproduces actual operating
functions. Include testing of devices under conditions that simulate actual
operational conditions. Record control settings, operations, cues, and functional
observations.
E.
Correct deficiencies, make necessary adjustments, and retest.
requirements are met.
F.
Test Labeling: After satisfactory completion of tests and inspections, apply a label to
tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible agency and representative.
G.
Reports: Provide written reports of tests and observations. Record defective materials
and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Record repairs and adjustments.
Verify that specified
CLEANING
A.
3.6
1.
Clean equipment and devices internally and externally using methods and materials
recommended by manufacturers, and repair damaged finishes.
DEMONSTRATION
A.
Train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below:
1.
Train Owner's maintenance personnel on troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting,
and preventive maintenance. Provide a minimum of three hours' training.
2.
Training Aid: Use the approved final version of maintenance manuals as a
training aid.
3.
Schedule training with Owner, through Engineer, with at least seven days'
advance notice.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
260923-5
DIVISION 26
SECTION 261120
UTILITY INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
PART 2
2.1
2.2
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
UTILITY COMPANY COORDINATION
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PRODUCTS
ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY PROVISIONS
TYPICAL INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
UTILITY COMPANY ELECTRIC-METERING EQUIPMENT
PREPARATION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
UTILITY INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
261120-1
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SECTION 261120 - UTILITY INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
The general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements, apply to the
work specified in this Section.
B.
Division 26 Section “Common Work Results for Electrical” sections apply to work of this
section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
The Contractor shall provide all materials and labor required by the utility for service
provisions.
B.
The Contractor shall provide all materials and labor for complete empty conduit power,
systems as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN DIVISION 26
A.
Section “Common Work Results for Electrical”.
B.
Section “Electrical Systems Analysis”.
C.
Section “Raceways and Boxes”.
D.
Section “Wiring Devices”.
E.
Section “Underground Ductbanks”.
F.
Section “Grounding and Bonding”.
UTILITY COMPANY COORDINATION
A.
Contact Miss Utility (1-800-257-7777) prior to any excavation or underground work. The
Contractor shall verify the location and depth of all utilities. Provide test pits to verify
location and depth of all existing utilities crossing new incoming services.
B.
Contact serving utility companies immediately upon award of Contract. Do not install related
equipment until fully coordinated with appropriate utilities.
C.
Provide all Construction Schedules, dates of requested services, outage windows, equipment
locations, etc., necessary for utility work.
D.
The Contractor shall ascertain, from the utility companies, the exact amount of work required
in connection of the utilities. Work required which is not provided by the utility companies
shall be provided by the Contractor.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
UTILITY INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
261120-2
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
E.
Provide and coordinate all temporary services with utility companies.
F.
The Contractor shall coordinate the required separation distances for all utilities.
G.
The Contractor shall obtain all permits and permissions required.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.
Construction Standards of each Utility Company.
2.
Trench and cover Depth.
3.
Spacing and Support of Utilities.
4.
Installation of underground marking tape.
5.
Pull cords and Mandrels.
B.
Submit Certificate of Compliance to each utility company for verification and approval.
C.
Include Certificate of Compliance, and utility company approvals in O&M Manual.
D.
The Contractor shall provide and submit all required documentation to each utility company,
including service application, site plan and coordination drawings.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with the requirements of Delmarva Power Electric Service Manual.
B.
Comply with the requirements of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
C.
Comply with the NECA Standard of Installation.
D.
Comply with NFPA 70E, National Electrical Safety Code.
E.
Contractor shall have experience with not less than 5 comparable projects for which the
Contractor completed service provisions with each utility. Contractor shall be familiar with
all current utility requirements and guidelines.
F.
Obtain utility company inspector's approval for all work.
PART 2
2.1
Certificate of Compliance: Contractor shall submit a document certifying that work complies
with all utility company requirements including the following:
PRODUCTS
ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY PROVISIONS
A.
The electric utility company is Delmarva Power/Pepco.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
UTILITY INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
261120-3
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
B.
Coordinate service entrance equipment and layout with power company prior to ordering or
installing any service entrance equipment.
C.
Furnish and install all incoming raceway.
D.
Coordinate cable, conduit, lug sizes, etc., for proper interface between utility-owned/installed
equipment and Contractor-installed equipment.
E.
Provide pad for utility company's transformer as required by the Utility. If utility company
furnishes pre-cast transformer pad, schedule pick up/delivery with utility company.
F.
Provide grounding and clearances as required by the Utility.
G.
Contractor shall furnish and install all incoming raceway and service entrance cables. If the
power company plans to install cable and/or conduit, the Contractor is responsible for proper
coordination of cable, conduit, lug sizes, etc., for proper interface between utilityowned/installed equipment and Contractor-installed equipment.
H.
The Contractor shall ascertain from the utility companies, the available short circuit fault
current.
I.
Equipment for Utility Company's Electric Metering:
J.
2.2
1.
Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility
company.
2.
Meter Sockets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company.
3.
Housing: NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure.
All mainline disconnects, tap boxes, C/T cabinets, meter sockets, and other service equipment
shall be approved by the utility company prior to ordering.
TYPICAL INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
A.
Pull Cords: ¼-inch nylon pull cord with 500 lb. minimum tensile strength in each conduit.
B.
Conduit, Elbows, and Couplings: UL Schedule 40, EB-35, DB-60, DB-120, or ANSI/ASTM
F-512 as required by utility for the specific application.
C.
Spacers: Every 4 feet of conduit.
D.
Splice Boxes: Purchase from utility company. Provide as required.
E.
Utility Holes: Purchase from utility company. Provide as required.
F.
Underground Marking: Provide detectable warning tape over all conduits per Division 26
Section “Electrical Identification”.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
UTILITY INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
261120-4
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
G.
Bends: Minimum 5 foot radius (horizontal) and 36-inch radius (vertical).
H.
Concrete for encasement: As specified in Division 26 Section, “Underground Ductbanks”,
unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, with air entrainment and pea gravel.
I.
Backfill: Virgin soil/select backfill only. Backfill shall be stone dust, rock-free earth, or top
soil with no stones larger than 1-1/2-inches in diameter permitted.
J.
Miscellaneous Materials: Provide bushings, bell ends, conduit plugs and other miscellaneous
materials as required by utility companies.
PART 3
3.1
3.2
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
A.
Mandrel: Contractor shall pull a mandrel (1/2-inch smaller in diameter than the conduit, and
six inches long) through each conduit.
B.
Pull Cords: Pull cords shall be left in all conduits, after mandrel pull.
C.
Coordination: Coordinate location of raceways and boxes with other work.
D.
Bushings: Provide conduit bushing at each end of all conduits.
E.
Bell Ends & Plugs: Provide bell ends and plugs for each conduit.
F.
Sealing Conduits: Provide duct sealant in each conduit after utility cable is installed.
UTILITY COMPANY ELECTRIC-METERING EQUIPMENT
A.
3.3
Install equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide grounding and
empty conduits as required by utility company. Provide lugs as required by utility.
PREPARATION
A.
Contractor shall provide conduits for all utility facilities.
B.
Provide a level area at final grade for all transformer and utility equipment locations.
C.
Coordinate utility line separation requirements between electric, water, sewer, gas, etc.
D.
Contractor shall clear area for all utility cables of rubble, debris, stumps, and other
obstructions.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
UTILITY INCOMING SERVICE PROVISIONS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
261120-5
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DIVISION 26
SECTION 262413
SWITCHBOARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
REFERENCES
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
PROJECT CONDITIONS
WARRANTY
EXTRA MATERIALS
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
MANUFACTURED UNITS
FABRICATION AND FEATURES
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
INCOMING MAIN SECTION DEVICE
DISTRIBUTION SECTION DEVICES – GROUP MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKERS THROUGH
1,200 AMPERES
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
ELECTRONIC METER WITH DIGITAL DISPLAY
INSTRUMENTATION
CONTROL POWER
IDENTIFICATION
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
INSTALLATION
CONNECTIONS
IDENTIFICATION
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
ADJUSTING
CLEANING
PROTECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-1
SECTION 262413 - SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
1.3
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes service and distribution switchboards rated 600 volts and less.
B.
Provide design and engineering, labor, material, equipment, related services and supervision
required, including, but not limited to, manufacturing, fabrication, erection, and installation
for switchboards as required for the complete performance of the work, and as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
C.
Switchboards shall be fully rated for the AIC identified on the switchboard schedules on the
Contract Drawings.
D.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 26 Section “Common Work Results for Electrical” for general and
installation materials and methods.
2.
Division 26 Section “Electrical Identification” for identification materials for labeling
switchboards, including, but not limited to equipment nameplates.
3.
Division 26 Section “Electrical Systems Analysis” for engineering analysis involving
switchboards specified herein.
REFERENCES
A.
The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The
publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. The edition/revision of
the referenced publications shall be the latest date as of the date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise specified.
B.
American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM):
1.
C.
Federal Specifications (FS):
1.
D.
ASTM E 329, “Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or
inspection of Materials Used in Construction.”
FS W-C-375, “Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit and Service.”
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE):
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-2
1.
E.
InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA):
1.
F.
2.
3.
4.
NFPA 70, “National Electrical Code.”
NFPA 70B, “Electrical Equipment Maintenance.”
NFPA 70E, “Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.”
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.4
NEMA KS 1, “Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600
Volts Maximum).”
NEMA PB 2, “Deadfront Distribution Switchboards.”
NEMA PB 2.1, “General Instructions for Proper Handling, Installation, Operation
and Maintenance of Deadfront Distribution Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less.”
NEMA PB 2.2, “Application Guide for Ground Fault Protective Devices.”
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1.
2.
3.
J.
NECA 400, “Standard for Installing and Maintaining Switchboards.”
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1.
I.
ISO 9001, “Quality Management Systems – Requirements.”
National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA):
1.
H.
NETA ATS, “Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems.”
International Organization for Standardization (ISO):
1.
G.
ANSI/IEEE C57.13, “Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers.”
UL 98, “Standard for Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches.”
UL 489, “Standard for Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker
Enclosures.”
UL 891, “Standard for Dead-Front Switchboards.”
UL 943, “Standard for Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters.”
UL 1449, “Standard for Surge Protective Devices.”
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit product data showing material proposed. Submit sufficient information
to determine compliance with the Drawings and Specifications.
1.
Submit product data for each type of switchboard, overcurrent protective device, surge
protective device, ground-fault protector, accessory, and component indicated.
2.
Include dimensions and manufacturer’s technical data on features, performance,
electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-3
B.
1.5
Shop Drawings: Include the following for each switchboard:
1.
Dimensioned Plans: Show dimensioned front and side enclosure plans and
elevations, including required clearances and service space.
2.
Component and Device Lists: Show tabulations of installed devices, features and
voltage rating.
3.
Single-Line Diagram: Show main- and branch-bus current ratings and short-time and
short-circuit ratings of switchboards.
4.
Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams detailing power, signal, and control
systems, clearly differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wiring, and between components provided by the manufacturer and those provided
by others.
5.
Nameplate Legends: Submit sample equipment nameplates for switchboards and for
individually-mounted and/or group-mounted branch devices.
C.
Quality Control Submittals: Submit field quality control test reports certified by testing
agency.
D.
Contract Closeout Submittals:
1.
Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit operation and maintenance data for
switchboards to include in operation and maintenance manuals specified in Division
01.
2.
Warranty Data: Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty documents.
3.
Switchboard Circuit Directories: For installation in switchboards. Submit final
versions after load balancing.
4.
Project Record Data: Record actual locations of switchboards, indicating actual
feeder circuit arrangement.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be a firm engaged in the manufacture of
switchboards of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for a minimum of 20 years. The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 certified and
shall be designed to internationally accepted standards.
B.
Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be a firm that shall have a minimum of five years of
successful installation experience with projects utilizing switchboards similar in type and
scope to that required for this Project.
C.
Testing Agency Qualifications: In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01
Section Quality Control, an independent testing agency shall meet OSHA criteria for
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-4
accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, or shall be a full-member company of
the International Electrical Testing Association.
1.
D.
1.6
1.7
1.8
Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International
Electrical Testing Association or National Institute for Certification in Engineering
Technologies, to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3 of this Section.
Listing and Labeling: Provide switchboard assemblies specified in this Section that are listed
and labeled.
1.
The Terms Listed and Labeled: As defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
2.
Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver materials to the Project site in supplier’s or manufacturer’s original wrappings and
containers, labeled with supplier’s or manufacturer’s name, material or product brand name,
and lot number, if any.
B.
Deliver in shipping splits of lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path.
C.
Store materials in their original, undamaged packages and containers, inside a well-ventilated
area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, and humidity.
D.
Store so condensation will not occur on or in switchboards. Provide temporary heaters as
required to avoid condensation.
E.
Handle switchboards according to NEMA PB 2.1.
provisions.
Use only factory-installed lifting
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Requirements: Do not install switchboards until space is enclosed and
weatherproof, wet work space is completely and nominally dry, overhead work is complete,
and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are and will be continuously maintained at
values near those indicated for final occupancy.
B.
Verify Dimensions: Verify NEC and all Code clearance requirements by field measurements.
Locate switchboard to meet installation tolerances.
C.
Determine suitable path for moving switchboard into place considering Project conditions.
D.
Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit Project conditions.
WARRANTY
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-5
A.
1.9
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Keys: Provide two (2) spares for each type of switchboard lock.
B.
Touchup Paint: Provide one (1) standard size canister of manufacturer’s touch-up paint for
each switchboard, finish to match standard enclosure finish as specified herein. Furnish at
least one (1) canister of touch-up paint.
PART 2
2.1
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, supply equipment from
one of the following manufacturers: No other manufacturers are acceptable.
1.
Square D Company. (Basis of Design)
2.
Eaton Corporation; & Cutler-Hammer Products.
3.
Siemens Energy & Automation Inc.
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
B.
2.3
Manufacturer shall warrant equipment to be free from defects in materials and workmanship
for the lesser of one (1) year from date of installation or eighteen (18) months from date of
purchase.
Front-Accessible Switchboard: Front and rear aligned, with features as follows:
1.
Main Device: Fixed, individually-mounted.
2.
Branch Devices: Fixed, panel-mounted plug-on devices rated 1200 amperes and less.
Ratings: Provide nominal system voltage, continuous main-bus amperage, and short-circuit
current ratings as indicated.
FABRICATION AND FEATURES
A.
Enclosure: Provide steel enclosure, in compliance with UL 891, Type as indicated on the
Drawings, unless otherwise indicated to meet environmental conditions at installed location as
indicated below:
1.
B.
Damp, Wet Exterior Locations: NEMA 3R
Enclosures
1.
Type 3R/5/12 Enclosures
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-6
a).
Enclosures shall be constructed in accordance with UL 50 requirements.
Enclosures shall be finished with ANSI 49 gray polyester acrylic powder
paint over cleaned phosphatized steel.
b).
Doors shall be gasketed and be equipped with a locking vault handle.
c).
A clear plastic directory card holder shall be mounted on the inside of the
door.
d).
All lock assemblies shall be keyed alike, one (1) key shall be provided with
each lock.
C.
Barriers: Adjacent switchboard sections shall be isolated by means of physical barriers.
Barriers shall permit checking of bus bolt tightness.
D.
Hinged Front Panels: All front covers shall be screw removable with a single tool and all
doors shall be hinged with removable hinge pins.
E.
Buses and Connections: Three phase, four wire, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Bus Composition: Silver-plated copper, hard-drawn, minimum of 98 percent
conductivity. Plating shall be applied continuously to bus work. The switchboard
bussing shall be of sufficient cross-sectional area to meet UL 891 temperature rise
requirements. The phase and neutral through-bus shall have an ampacity as shown
on the Drawings. Coordinate bus short circuit rating with available fault current.
Size in accordance with NEMA PB 2. Tapered buses shall not be acceptable.
2.
Group-Mounted Feeder Vertical Bus Stack:
a).
b).
c).
d).
3.
Ground Bus:
a).
b).
4.
Bus stack shall be capable of mounting feeder breakers with different frame
sizes and number of poles across from one another on the bus stack.
Non-conducting surface films shall be removed during circuit breaker
installation by a wiping action of the circuit breaker jaws.
The design of the circuit breaker jaws and bus stack shall create blow-on
forces under fault conditions.
Bolted lap joint connections for feeder breakers shall not be allowed for
group-mounted feeders.
1/4-by-2-inch minimum size, hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity,
equipped with pressure connectors for feeder- and branch-circuit ground
conductors.
Provide ground lug and ground bus firmly secured to each vertical section
structure and shall extend the entire length of the switchboard.
Main Phase Buses, Neutral Buses, and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity
the entire length of the switchboard main and distribution sections. Provide for
future extensions from both ends.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-7
5.
2.4
F.
Future Devices: All unused spaces provided, unless otherwise indicated, shall be fully
equipped for future devices, including all appropriate connectors and mounting hardware.
Equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus connections, and appurtenances at
full rating of circuit breaker compartment.
G.
Expansion Provisions: The switchboard shall be designed for future expansion, with full size
horizontal bussing throughout and extension stub-outs.
H.
Strip Heaters: Provide factory-installed electric strip heaters of sufficient wattage in each
vertical section to maintain enclosure temperature above expected dew point. Provide
thermostats to maintain temperature of each section above expected dew point. Provide
transformer, factory-installed in switchboard for strip heater power source.
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A.
Overcurrent protective devices include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
B.
2.5
Neutral Buses: 100 percent of the ampacity of the phase buses, except as indicated,
and equipped with approved pressure connectors for outgoing circuit neutral cables.
Electronic trip circuit breakers.
Thermal magnetic circuit breakers.
Molded-Case Circuit Breaker Features and Accessories:
1.
Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as
indicated and interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault current.
2.
Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for quantity, size/gauge, and material of conductors
indicated.
3.
Application Listing: Appropriate for application, including switching fluorescent
lighting loads (Type SWD) or heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment
(Type HACR).
4.
Handle Padlock Attachment: All circuit breakers in switchboards shall be equipped
with fixed handle padlock attachment to allow padlocking the circuit breaker in the
ON or OFF position.
5.
Ground Fault Protection: Integral to circuit breaker with adjustable pickup and time
delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator.
INCOMING MAIN SECTION DEVICE
A.
Main Circuit Breaker(s).
1.
Electronic trip, molded case, 100% rated circuit breaker(s) with Micrologic®
interchangeable ammeter trip unit and the following time/current response
adjustments:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-8
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
Main circuit breakers rated 1,000 amperes or more shall be equipped with integral
ground-fault protection with the following adjustments:
a.
b.
2.6
Long Time Pickup
Long Time Delay
Short Time Pickup
Short Time Delay
Instantaneous Settings
Ground Fault Pickup
Ground Fault Delay
3.
All adjustments shall have discrete settings (fully adjustable) and shall be
independent of all other adjustments.
4.
Circuit breaker trip system shall be microprocessor-based true RMS sensing
designed with sensing accuracy through the thirteenth (13th) harmonic.
5.
Sensor ampere ratings shall be as indicated herein or on the Drawings.
6.
Local visual trip indication for overload, short circuit and ground fault trip
occurrences.
7.
Long time pickup indication shall signal when loading approaches or exceeds the
adjustable ampere rating of the circuit breaker.
8.
Communications capabilities for remote monitoring of circuit breaker trip system,
to include phase and ground fault currents, pre-trip alarm indication, switch
settings, and trip history information shall be provided.
9.
Provide phase loss/failure relay that will trip main circuit breaker on loss of any
single phase. Relays that operate on loss of all three phases are not acceptable.
10.
Basis of Design: Square D Company, Micrologic® Ammeter Trip Units
DISTRIBUTION SECTION DEVICES – GROUP MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKERS THROUGH
1200A
A.
General Requirements
1.
Circuit breaker(s) shall be group mounted plug-on with mechanical restraint on a
common pan or rail assembly.
2.
The interior shall have three flat bus bars stacked and aligned vertically with glass
reinforced polyester insulator laminated between phases. The molded polyester
insulators shall support and provide phase isolation to the entire length of bus.
3.
Circuit breaker(s) equipped with line terminal jaws shall not require additional
external mounting hardware. Circuit breaker(s) shall be held in mounted position by
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-9
a self-contained bracket secured to the mounting pan by fasteners. Circuit breaker(s)
of different frame sizes shall be capable of being mounted across from each other.
B.
4.
Line side circuit breaker connections are to be jaw type.
5.
All unused spaces provided, unless otherwise specified, shall be fully equipped for
future devices, including all appropriate connectors and mounting hardware.
Electronic Trip Molded Case Circuit Breakers
1.
Electronic trip, molded case, 80% rated circuit breaker(s) with Micrologic®
interchangeable ammeter trip unit and the following time/current response
adjustments:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
C.
2.7
Long Time Pickup
Long Time Delay
Short Time Pickup
Short Time Delay
Instantaneous Settings
2.
All adjustments shall have discrete settings (fully adjustable) and shall be
independent of all other adjustments.
3.
Circuit breaker trip system shall be micro-processor based true RMS sensing
designed with sensing accuracy through the thirteenth (13th) harmonic.
4.
Sensor ampere trip ratings shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
5.
Local visual trip indication for overload, short circuit trip occurrences.
6.
Long time pickup indication to signal when loading approaches or exceeds the
adjustable ampere rating of the circuit breaker shall be provided.
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers
1.
Molded case circuit breakers shall have integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic
trip in each pole.
2.
Ampere ratings shall be as shown on the Drawings.
3.
Ampere interrupting capacity ratings shall be as shown on the Contact Drawings, but
not less than 35,000 AIC RMS symmetrical amperes at rated voltage.
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A.
Description: Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) installed in switchboards.
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-10
1.
2.
3.
Square D Company - "IMA" Series
Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products
Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
C.
The manufacturer of the SPD shall be the same as the manufacturer of the electrical
distribution equipment in which the SPDs are installed and shipped.
D.
Standards - Most recent editions of:
E.
1.
Underwriters Laboratories:
a.
UL 1449 - "Surge Protective Devices"
b.
UL 1283 - "Electromagnetic Interference Filters"
2.
ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1-2002, C62.41.2-2002, C62.45-2002
3.
National Electrical Code: Article 285 - "Surge Protective Devices, 1 kV or Less"
Listing Requirements:
1.
SPD shall bear the UL Mark and shall be Listed to most recent editions of UL
1449 and UL 1283. "Manufactured in accordance with" is not equivalent to UL
Listing and does not meet the intent of this Specification.
F.
SPD shall be UL labeled with 200kA Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR). Fuse ratings
shall not be considered in lieu of demonstrated withstand testing of SPD, per NEC Article
285.6
G.
SPD shall be UL labeled as Type 1, intended for use without need for external or
supplemental overcurrent controls. Every suppression component of every mode,
including Neutral-Ground (N-G), shall be protected by internal overcurrent and thermal
over-temperature controls.
H.
SPD shall be UL labeled with 20kA I-nominal (I-n) for compliance to UL 96A "Installation Requirements for Lightning Protection Systems" for Master Label Certificate,
and NFPA 780 - "Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems."
I.
Minimum surge current capability (single pulse rated) per phase shall be as follows:
1.
Switchboards:
320kA
J.
SPD shall provide surge current paths for all modes of protection: Line-Neutral (L-N),
Line-Ground (L-G), and Neutral-Ground (N-G) for Wye systems; Line-Line (L-L), and
Line-Ground (L-G) in Delta and impedance grounded Wye systems.
K.
UL 1449 Listed Voltage Protection Ratings (VPRs) shall not exceed the following:
System Voltage
480Y/277V
L.
L-N
1200V
L-G
1200V
L-L
1800V
UL 1449 Listed Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV):
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
N-G
1200V
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-11
System Voltage
480Y/277V
2.8
MCOV
320V
Allowable System Voltage Fluctuation (%)
15%
M.
SPD shall be constructed of one self-contained suppression module per phase.
N.
Visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation shall be provided. SPD shall
include LED indicator lights which shall indicate which phase as well as which module is
fully operable. The status of each SPD module shall be monitored on the front cover of the
enclosure as well as on the module.
O.
A push-to-test button shall be provided to test each phase indicator. Push-to-test button
shall activate a state change of dry contacts for testing purposes.
P.
SPD shall be equipped with an audible alarm which shall activate when any one of the
surge current modules has reached an end-of-life condition. An alarm on/off switch shall
be provided to silence the alarm. The switches and alarm shall be located on the front
cover of the enclosure.
Q.
A connector shall be provided along with dry contacts (normally open or normally closed)
to allow connection to a remote monitor or other system. The output of the dry contacts
shall indicate an end-of-life condition for the complete SPD or module.
R.
Terminals shall be provided for necessary power and ground connections.
S.
A transient voltage surge counter shall be located on the diagnostic panel on the front
cover of the enclosure. The counter shall be equipped with a manual reset and battery
backup to retain memory loss upon loss of AC power.
T.
SPD shall have a warranty period of ten (10) years from date of invoice and shall include
unlimited replacement of suppression modules within the warranty period. Warranty shall
be the responsibility of the electrical distribution equipment manufacturer and shall be
supported by their respective field service division.
ELECTRONIC METER WITH DIGITAL DISPLAY
A.
Three-phase electronic type suitable for connection to three (3) and four (4) wire circuits with
the following features:
1.
Meter shall be capable of measuring amperes (A), volts (V), power factor (PF),
kilowatts (kW), kilowatt demand (kWd), kilovolt-amperes (KVA), kilovolt-amperes
demand (kVAd), kilowatt-hours (kWh), kilovolt-ampere hours (kVAh), and Total
Harmonic Distortion (THD).
2.
Meter shall be equipped with a minimum of one (1) RS-485 Modbus communication
port, one (1) digital input, one (1) KY-type digital output, and one (1) analog output.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-12
B.
2.9
2.10
3.
Meter shall be equipped with two MOD-BUS serial ports and one ethernet port;
ethernet port shall be interfaced with building’s data network to provide e-mail on
alarm to the Owner.
4.
Meter shall provide a 0-10VDC, 4-20mA, or a dry contact pulse output signal for
interfacing with the building management (automatic temperature control) system
provided under Division 23.
5.
Meter shall be equipped with high-visibility, anti-glare, backlit LCD display offering
multi-phase measurements, summary services, bar charts, intuitive navigation and
selectable languages.
6.
Measurements shall meet the accuracy requirements of IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S and
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.5S.
7.
Meter shall be equipped with non-volatile on-board memory for capable of extensive
logging of min/max values, energy and demand, maintenance data, alarms and any
measured parameters.
8.
Meter shall provide custom alarming with time stamping.
9.
Current transformers shall be Square D Type 100R or approved equal.
10.
Potential transformers shall be provided where 277/480V metering is required, unless
electronic meter is DIN rail compatible and is mounted directly to the switchboard
bussing.
Electronic meters shall be Square D Company, PowerLogic PM 8000 Series, or approved
equal by acceptable manufacturer.
INSTRUMENTATION
A.
Instrument Transformers: NEMA EI 21.1, ANSI/IEEE C57.13.
B.
Potential Transformers: Secondary voltage rating of 120 volts and NEMA accuracy class of
0.3 with burdens of W, X, and Y.
C.
Current Transformers: Ratios shall be as indicated with accuracy class and burden suitable for
connected relays, meters, and instruments.
D.
Current Transformers for Neutral and Ground Fault Current Sensing: Connect secondaries to
ground overcurrent relays to provide selective tripping of main and tie circuit breaker.
Coordinate with feeder circuit breaker ground fault protection.
CONTROL POWER
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-13
A.
Control Circuits: 120 volts, supplied through secondary disconnecting devices from control
power transformer.
B.
Control Power Transformers: Dry type, mounted in separate compartments for units larger
than 3 kVA.
C.
Control Power Fuses: Primary and secondary fuses for current-limiting and overload
protection of transformer and fuses for protection of control circuits.
D.
Control Wiring: Factory-installed, with bundling, lacing, and protection included. Provide
flexible conductors for 8 AWG and smaller, for conductors across hinges, and for conductors
with interconnections between shipping units.
2.11
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Compartment Nameplates: Engraved laminated-plastic or metal nameplate for each
compartment, mounted with corrosion-resistant screws or suitable adhesive.
B.
Nameplates: Engraved nameplates with 1/4" high white lettering shall be furnished for all
mains and feeder circuits including control fuses and also for all indicating lights and
instruments. Nameplates shall give item designation and circuit number as well as frame size
and appropriate trip rating. Furnish Master Nameplate giving switchboard designation,
voltage ampere rating, short circuit rating, manufacturer’s name, general order number and
item number.
C.
Switchboards used as service-entrance equipment shall be labeled as the same.
D.
Refer to Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification” for additional information.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
Examine elements and surfaces to receive switchboard for compliance with installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of switchboards.
1.
Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2.
Verify dimensions of switchboard and working space clearances.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install switchboards level and plumb as indicated, according to manufacturer's written
instructions and NEMA PB 2.1.
B.
Support switchboards on concrete housekeeping pads. Refer to Division 26 Section,
“Common Work Results for Electrical” for requirements for housekeeping pads.
C.
Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and
temporary blocking of moving parts from switchboard units and components.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-14
3.3
3.4
3.5
D.
Operating Instructions: Frame and mount printed, basic operating instructions for
switchboards, including control and key interlocking sequences and emergency procedures.
Fabricate frame of finished wood or metal and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic.
Mount on the front of switchboards.
E.
Install overcurrent protective devices, surge protective devices, and instrumentation.
F.
Do not energize or connect service-entrance equipment and switchboards to their sources until
surge protective devices are properly installed and connected.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Connect switchboards and components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and
instructed by manufacturer. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and
bolts, according to manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Use a calibrated torque
wrench. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
B.
Neutral and ground conductors shall be isolated and terminated only at their respective bus
bars. There shall only be one neutral-ground connection in service-entrance equipment by
means of a removable main bonding jumper. Neutral and ground terminations at one bus bar
shall not be acceptable.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as specified in
Division 26 Section “Electrical Identification”.
B.
Label each switchboard compartment with nameplates as specified herein.
C.
Contractor shall provide a framed record drawing indicating final arrangement and
modifications and capacities of switchboard and electrical system one-line for easy reference.
Mount on switchboard room wall. Contractor shall provide record drawing.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include the following inspections and related work:
1.
Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance with
requirements of up-to-date drawings and switchboard schedules.
2.
Clean devices using Manufacturer’s approved methods and materials.
3.
Verify that switchboard nameplates are installed and accurate. This applies to main
nameplate as well as nameplates for distribution section devices.
4.
Verify that switchboard phase identification nameplates are installed.
5.
Verify that switchboard arc flash hazard labels are installed.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-15
B.
6.
Exercise and perform operational tests of all mechanical components and other
operable devices in accordance with manufacturer’s instruction manual.
7.
Check switchboard mounting, area clearances, and alignment and fit of components.
8.
Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Refer
to manufacturer’s instructions for proper torque values.
9.
Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for over-current
protective devices.
10.
Verify that all neutral conductors are bonded to the system ground at the serviceentrance prior to installation of the surge protective device.
11.
Verify that neutral-ground bonds do not exist at locations that are not service
entrances or separately derived power sources.
12.
Verify that circuit breaker trip settings are adjusted as recommended in coordination
study provided under Division 26 Section “Engineering Systems Analysis”.
Switchboard Electrical Testing: After installing switchboards and after electrical circuitry has
been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements
1.
Testing Agency: Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency to
perform specified testing. Provide set of Contract Documents to test organization.
Include full updating on final system configuration and parameters where they
supplement or differ from those indicated in the original Contract Documents.
2.
Inspect accessible components for cleanliness, mechanical and electrical integrity,
and damage or deterioration. Verify that temporary shipping bracing has been
removed. Include internal inspection through access panels and covers.
3.
Inspect bolted connections for tightness according to manufacturer's published torque
values or, if not available, those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
4.
Protective Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated ratings and settings to be
appropriate for final system configuration and parameters. Where discrepancies are
found, recommend final protective device ratings and settings. Use accepted ratings
or settings to make the final system adjustments.
5.
Make continuity tests of each circuit. Refer to Division 26 Section “Conductors and
Cables” for testing specific to feeder conductors.
6.
Perform ground resistance test on system and equipment ground connections
7.
Test main and subfeed over-current protective devices.
8.
Test ground fault devices in accordance with NETA ATS 7.14.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-16
9.
Test phase loss relay(s) at service-entrance equipment to verify that phase loss relays
are fully operational.
10.
NETA Testing:
a.
b.
c.
11.
Insulation Resistance Testing: Perform megohm meter tests of each bus section
phase-to-phase and phase-to ground, as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
12.
Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in
NETA ATS, Sections 7.1, 7.6, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11, and 7.14 as appropriate for all
devices rated 100-amperes and larger.
Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer’s data.
Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest.
Prepare reports certified by testing agency identifying equipment checked
and describing results of tests. Include notation of deficiencies detected,
remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
Minimum Test Voltage: 1000 Vdc for 480V switchboards.
Minimum Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms.
Duration of Each Test: 1 minute.
Temperature Correction: Correct results for test temperature deviation from
20 degrees C standard.
Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer’s data.
Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest.
Prepare reports certified by testing agency identifying equipment checked
and describing results of tests. Include notation of deficiencies detected,
remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
Infrared Scanning: Perform an infrared scan of all electrical connections in each
switchboard, as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Remove equipment covers so terminations are accessible to scanner.
Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to
detect significant deviations from normal values.
Provide calibration record for device.
Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer’s data.
Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest.
Prepare reports certified by testing agency identifying equipment checked
and describing results of tests. Include notation of deficiencies detected,
remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
13.
Perform all other manufacturer specific tests as indicated in manufacturer’s literature.
14.
Test Labeling: On satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a label to
tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible organization and
person.
15.
Submit all test reports to the Engineer for review and approval.
16.
Provide copy of all test reports in the O&M manual.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-17
3.6
ADJUSTING
A.
3.7
CLEANING
A.
3.8
Set field-adjustable circuit breaker settings as indicated in coordination study provided under
Division 26 Section “Engineering Systems Analysis”.
Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of switchboards. Remove paint
splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match
original finish.
PROTECTION
A.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner that shall ensure that the
switchboard(s) shall be without damage at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SWITCHBOARDS
262413-18
DIVISION 26
SECTION 262727
SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
PART 2
2.1
2.2
2.3
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
INDIVIDUAL SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLETS
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
CONNECTIONS
IDENTIFICATION
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
CLEANING
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
262727-1
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SECTION 262727 – SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Provide 4-Gang and 4/2-Gang Pole mounted ROA’s with Safety-Interlocked Modules as
shown on drawings. ROA’s shall be as manufactured by ESL Power Systems, Inc. Tel:
(800) 922-4188 www.eslpwr.com or approved equivalent.
1.3
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 01 Specification Sections.
B.
Product Data for reefer outlet assemblies and accessories specified in this Section.
C.
Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power and control systems and differentiating between
manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
D.
Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results.
E.
Maintenance data to include in the operation and maintenance manual.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain reefer outlet assemblies from one source and by a single
manufacturer.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.
C.
Listing and Labeling: Provide reefer outlet assemblies specified in this Section that are listed
and labeled.
1.
The Terms Listed and Labeled: As defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
2.
Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
3.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed equipment: UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead Front
Switches, UL 50 - Cabinets and Boxes, UL489 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers and
Circuit Breaker Enclosures, NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
262727-2
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
4.
PART 2
2.1
Comply with ANSI and NEMA Standards for materials ratings.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide equipment from one of the
following manufacturers; no other manufacturers are acceptable.
1.
Reefer Outlet Assemblies:
a.
2.
Individual Safety-Interlocked Reefer Outlets:
a.
2.2
2.3
ESL Power Systems, Inc.
ESL Power Systems, Inc.
REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
A.
Reefer outlet assemblies (ROA’s) shall be UL Listed as an assembly and labeled as such. The
individual Modular Interlocked Reefer Outlets within each ROA shall also be UL Listed. The
UL Listing and UL Labeling of the 4-Gang Assemblies shall be for 22,000 RMS Symmetrical
Short Circuit Rating @ 480VAC.
B.
ROA Pole mounted Enclosures shall be Type NEMA 4X, constructed of continuous seamwelded, 304 Stainless Steel. Access for the ROA’s shall be through a Stainless Steel,
gasketed access cover with a watertight seal. Enclosures shall be powder-coated after
fabrication. Modular Interlocked Reefer Outlets within the enclosures shall be factoryprewired to a single UL Recognized power distribution block (PDB) rated equal to or greater
than feeder breaker trip rating as specified on the drawings. Size and location of opening for
conduit fitting and the feeder size, phase and ground, shall be as specified on the drawings.
C.
Each ROA must include a provision for moisture control (i.e. desiccant) within the installed
enclosure.
D.
After all conduits, wiring and terminations are complete, all incoming conduits must be
completely sealed to prevent moisture intrusion from the conduit. A UL Listed or Classified
expanding foam sealant (such as Handi-Foam® Expanding Sealant), or other sealing product
meeting local codes and/or NEC requirements shall be used. The product selected must be
able to permanently seal around all wires and the conduit (common ‘Duct Seal’ is not
acceptable for this application). The sealing shall be done at the entry into the enclosure so
the seal can be verified and inspected by removal of the access cover. Failure to seal may
allow condensation and will void warranty.
E.
All installation hardware shall be stainless steel or as shown on the Drawings.
INDIVIDUAL SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLETS
A.
Modular Safety-Interlocked Reefer Outlets (Modules) shall be UL Listed, 32 ampere
480VAC (IEC 60309-2, CEE-17 3h), ESL Cat. No. R32-480-30-22SND-SP. Each
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
262727-3
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
mechanically-interlocked Module shall include a UL 489 Listed circuit breaker with shunt trip
and 30-ampere trip rating and 22,000 ampere interrupting capacity at 480VAC. The 32A
receptacle housing shall be manufactured out of impact resistant and chemical resistant
polyamide material and shall have a high-temperature Rynite insert. The Module frames
shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall include a spring loaded, self-aligning, stainless
steel snap cover and a ½” minimum O.D. stainless steel on/off control rod.
B.
PART 3
3.1
The module interlocking mechanism shall be mechanical in design. The mechanism shall
prevent the Outlet from being energized unless a mating plug is fully inserted and the on/off
control rod engaged. The mechanism will allow manual de-energizing but will also
automatically de-energize the Outlet if the plug is partially or fully withdrawn under load.
The mechanism must be fully operational if the plug nose key (32A/480V only) is damaged or
missing. The mechanism must not operate if the ground pin is missing from the mating plug.
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
A.
Prior to installation of ROA’s, Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which
the ROA’S are to be installed and notify the Engineer in writing if unsatisfactory conditions
exist.
B.
ROA’s shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and per the manufacturer’s written
instructions. In addition, the installation shall meet the requirements of local codes, the NEC
and National Electrical Contractors Association’s “Standard of Installation”.
C.
Install ROA’s level and plumb. Provide mounting brackets, wall bracing, and accessories as
required.
D.
Install ROA’s to have adequate working space in accordance with Article 110.26 of the
National Electrical Code.
E.
Cable hubs shall be used at all conduit entries into the ROA’s. Hubs shall be properly
installed and tightened to maintain the NEMA4X integrity of the ROA Enclosure.
F.
All ROA field wiring connections shall be per the specifications shown on the ROA’s Power
Distribution Block & Ground Lug. This includes size, number and material of conductors in
addition to torque specifications.
G.
After all wiring terminations are complete, the conduit shall be sealed to prevent moisture
intrusion. The sealing shall be done at the entry into the enclosure so the seal can be verified
and inspected by removal of the access cover.
H.
The moisture-absorbing system provided by the ROA manufacturer must be installed
immediately before the enclosure is closed for the last time (after all wiring, sealing, and
inspections have been completed). The enclosure interior must be checked free of all dirt and
moisture and the access cover must be secured tightly using the installed clamps.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
262727-4
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
3.2
3.3
CONNECTIONS
A.
Connect reefer outlet assemblies and components to wiring system and to ground as indicated
and instructed by manufacturer.
B.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturers’ published
torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
3.4
Identify each reefer outlet assembly according to requirements specified in Division 26
Section, “Electrical Identification”. All assemblies shall be provided with engraved
nameplates which clearly identify the equipment served, circuit designation, and circuit
voltage/phase.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
Visual and mechanical inspection: Include the following inspections and related work.
1.
Device Ratings and Settings: Verify that ratings and settings as installed are
appropriate for final loads and final system arrangement and parameters.
Recommend final protective-device ratings and settings where differences are found.
Use accepted revised ratings or settings to make the final system adjustments.
Prepare and submit the load current and overload relay heater list.
2.
Inspect for defects and physical damage, NRTL labeling, and nameplate compliance
with current project drawings.
3.
Exercise and perform operational tests of mechanical components and other operable
devices in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
4.
Check tightness of electrical connections of devices with calibrated torque wrench.
Use Manufacturer’s recommended torque values.
5.
Clean devices using Manufacturer’s approved methods and materials.
Electrical Tests: Upon installation of reefer outlet assemblies and before electrical circuitry
has been energized, provide the following minimum inspections and tests according to
manufacturer's written instructions to ensure components are operational within industry and
manufacturer's tolerances, are installed according to the Contract Documents, and are suitable
for energizing.
1.
Inspect accessible components for cleanliness, mechanical and electrical integrity,
and damage or deterioration.
2.
Inspect bolted electrical connections for tightness according to manufacturer's
published torque values or, if not available, those specified in UL 486A and
UL 486B.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
262727-5
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
3.
NETA Testing:
a.
b.
c.
4.
Infrared Scanning: Perform an infrared scan of each reefer outlet assembly power
distribution block, as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
5.
3.5
Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in
NETA ATS, Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers.
Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer’s data.
Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest.
Prepare reports identifying equipment checked and describing results of
tests. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and
observations after remedial action.
Remove equipment covers so terminations are accessible to scanner.
Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to
detect significant deviations from normal values.
Provide calibration record for device.
Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer’s data.
Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest.
Prepare reports identifying equipment checked and describing results of
tests. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and
observations after remedial action.
Test Labeling: On satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a label to
tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible organization and
person.
CLEANING
A.
After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed
finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips,
scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
SAFETY-INTERLOCKED REEFER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
262727-6
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DIVISION 26
SECTION 262816
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
PART 2
2.1
2.2
PART 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
SUMMARY
SUBMITTALS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
CONNECTIONS
IDENTIFICATION
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
ADJUSTING
CLEANING
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
262816-1
SECTION 262816 – DISCONNECT SWITCHES
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes individually mounted disconnect switches used for the following:
1.
B.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1.
C.
1.3
Division 26 Section, “Fuses” for fuses in fusible disconnect switches.
Provide method of disconnection at all appliances, motors, equipment, etc., as required to
comply with NEC (including Article 422-C, and Article 440-D).
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 01 Specification Sections.
B.
Product Data for disconnect switches and accessories specified in this Section. Include the
following:
1.
1.4
Equipment disconnect switches.
Descriptive data and time-current curves.
C.
Coordination charts and tables and related data.
D.
Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results.
E.
Maintenance data for tripping devices to include in the operation and maintenance manual
specified in Division 01.
F.
Submit a schedule of equipment to indicate ratings of disconnects, fuses, and other electrical
characteristics for each item of equipment.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations:
manufacturer.
Obtain disconnect switches from one source and by a single
B.
Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
262816-2
C.
PART 2
2.1
Listing and Labeling: Provide disconnect switches specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
1.
The Terms Listed and Labeled: As defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
2.
Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
3.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed equipment: UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead Front
Switches, UL 50 - Cabinets and Boxes, NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment.
4.
Comply with ANSI and NEMA Standards for materials ratings.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide equipment from one of the
following manufacturers; no other manufacturers are acceptable.
1.
Disconnect/Safety Switches:
a.
b.
c.
2.2
Square D Company. (Basis of Design)
Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer.
Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A.
Enclosed, Nonfusible Switch: Heavy duty, NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with lockable handle in
the OFF position. Switch shall be provided with an override screw to permit opening front
cover with switch in ON position. Minimum fault current rating shall be 200,000 symmetrical
rms amperes.
B.
Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 800 A and Smaller: Heavy duty, NEMA KS 1, Type HD, clips to
accommodate specified fuses, enclosure consistent with environment where located, handle
lockable in the OFF position, with 2 padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSED
position. Switch shall be provided with an override screw to permit opening front cover with
switch in ON position. Minimum fault current rating shall be 200,000 symmetrical rms
amperes.
C.
Characteristics: Size, number of poles and ratings as indicated and to match load being
served.
D.
Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, Type 1, with gray baked enamel finish, unless otherwise specified
or required to meet environmental conditions of installed location. Enclosure shall be rated
for 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes short circuit current.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
262816-3
1.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
A.
Install disconnect switches in locations as indicated, according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B.
Install disconnect switches level and plumb. Provide mounting brackets, wall bracing, and
accessories as required.
C.
Install disconnect switches to have adequate working space in accordance with Article 110.26
of the National Electrical Code. Disconnect switches shall not be installed beneath ductwork,
piping, etc.
D.
Install wiring between disconnect switches and associated control and indication devices.
E.
Provide fuses for all fusible safety switches as indicated and required by the load being
served. Coordinate fuse ratings with mechanical equipment electrical characteristics.
F.
Provide disconnect switches for all equipment as indicated and as required by the NEC.
Where disconnect switches are specified and furnished with mechanical equipment, install
one only. Coordinate devices furnished for mechanical equipment with Division 23 Drawings
and Specifications.
G.
Weatherproof enclosures shall be provided for all disconnect switches exposed to the
elements whether called for or not.
H.
Disconnect Switches shall be labeled for service entrance use, if so required, where used for
service entrance whether called for or not.
I.
Disconnect Switches provided shall be suitable for:
J.
3.2
Outdoor Locations: Type 4X, Type 304 stainless steel, attached by molded hinges
and stainless steel hinge pins.
1.
Circuit application voltage.
2.
Circuit application ampacity x 125 percent.
3.
One pole, two pole, three pole, solid neutral, ground connection, all as required by
item served or as shown on the drawings.
Install disconnect switches as indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions,
applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, and NECA's Standard of Installation, and in
accordance with recognized industry practices.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Connect disconnect switches and components to wiring system and to ground as indicated and
instructed by manufacturer.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
262816-4
B.
3.3
3.4
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify each disconnect switch according to requirements specified in Division 26 Section,
“Electrical Identification”. All switches shall be provided with engraved nameplates which
clearly identify the equipment served, circuit designation, and circuit voltage/phase.
B.
Each disconnect means shall be legibly marked as required by Code (including integral
disconnect units furnished with motors, appliances, feeders, and branch(es).
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
3.5
Visual and mechanical inspection: Include the following inspections and related work.
1.
Device Ratings and Settings: Verify that ratings and settings as installed are
appropriate for final loads and final system arrangement and parameters.
Recommend final protective-device ratings and settings where differences are found.
Use accepted revised ratings or settings to make the final system adjustments.
Prepare and submit the load current and overload relay heater list.
2.
Inspect for defects and physical damage, NRTL labeling, and nameplate compliance
with current project drawings.
3.
Exercise and perform operational tests of mechanical components and other operable
devices in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
4.
Check tightness of electrical connections of devices with calibrated torque wrench.
Use Manufacturer’s recommended torque values.
5.
Clean devices using Manufacturer’s approved methods and materials.
6.
Verify proper fuse types and ratings in fusible devices.
7.
Verify that fuses are facing out and that fuse ratings and blown fuse indicators are
visible without removing fuses.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.6
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturers’ published
torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
Adjust/replace fuses in disconnect switches if required to properly coordinate with
overcurrent protection requirements of equipment served and with upstream and downstream
protective devices.
CLEANING
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
262816-5
A.
After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed
finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips,
scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
262816-6
SECTION 310000 – EARTHWORK
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
SUMMARY:
Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and related items necessary to excavate, fill,
remove, transport, stockpile and dispose of all materials within the limits of the project
required to construct the site work improvements in conformity with the dimensions, sections
and details shown on the drawings.
SUBSURFACE SOIL DATA:
Available Report Information Consists of: Not applicable
PROTECTION:
A.
Erosion Control: The Contractor shall incorporate into his work schedule the Temporary
Erosion Control Measures.
B.
Dust Control: Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to keep dust to a minimum.
Spraying the ground with water or other measures of control shall be used wherever
possible.
Without limiting the generality or applicability of other indemnity provisions of the contract, the
Contractor agrees that he shall indemnify and hold harmless Sussex Technical High School
from and against all suits, actions, claims, demands, damages, costs and expenses (including
but not limited to attorney’s fees) arising out of any damage to any property whatsoever or
injury to any person whomsoever, in any way caused or contributed to by dust from the
Contractor’s operations.
C.
Existing Utilities and Work Areas: The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of
existing surface and subsurface utilities and poles within and abutting the project site, trench
excavations and other work areas.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS:
A.
General Fill: General fill material should consist of low-expansive materials less than 3 inches
in largest dimension, with a CBR swell of less than 1 percent. The fill material should also be
free of vegetation and deleterious materials.
B.
Imported Fill: Aggregate base course and aggregate sub-base materials should meet the
material requirements as specified in Delaware Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications, latest edition. Imported fill materials should be tested by the Owner’s
representative for conformance with these recommendations prior to delivery to the project site
for the intended use.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
EARTHWORK
310000 - 1
Structural fill should consist of non-expansive granular material. The material should be wellgraded and meet the requirements of DelDOT Type C Backfill. Imported fill materials should
be tested by the Owner’s representative for conformance with these recommendations prior to
delivery to the project site for its intended use.
C.
Topsoil: Subsequent to acceptable clearing and grubbing, remove any surface material
approved by the geotechnical engineer and stockpile at a convenient location for replacement
as topsoil under landscape work. Consult with the geotechnical engineer to determine
suitability of topsoil, and to determine stockpile location and quantity of stockpile. Soils
rejected by the geotechnical engineer as topsoil quality shall be removed.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GRADING:
A.
Notification of Schedule: The geotechnical engineer shall be notified by the Contractor after
clearing and grubbing and before any fill is placed; and also at least 2 weeks in advance before
mass grading operations are scheduled to begin. Further, the Contractor shall advise the
geotechnical engineer of the proposed overall schedule for earthwork operations.
B.
General: All cuts and fills to be constructed shall be monitored by the geotechnical engineer or
his representative, who shall approve all foundation preparation, fill material, methods of
placing and compaction and perform field density tests during the grading. Written approval
shall be issued upon completion of cuts and fills. No deviation from these specifications shall
be made except upon the written approval of the geotechnical engineer and/or other public
agencies having jurisdiction.
C.
Preparation of Subgrades for Areas to Receive Fill:
1.
After the clearing and grubbing and prior to filling, proof-rolling should be applied to the
subgrades with a minimum of six passes using a 10-ton vibratory drum roller. Yielding
areas, loose areas, or cavities disclosed during proof-rolling operations should be overexcavated and the resulting excavation should be backfilled with well-compacted
engineered fill. The excavated soft soils may be used as fill, provided that it meets the
requirements for fill material. The depth of over-excavation should be extended until
firm underlying materials are exposed and should be evaluated in the field by our
representative. Where shrinkage cracks are noted proof-rolling the subgrade, we
recommend thoroughly moistening the soil to close cracks or preparing again as
recommended above. Saturation and subsequent yielding of the exposed subgrade due
to inclement weather and poor drainage may require over-excavation of the soft areas
and replacement with well-compacted engineered fill.
2.
Fill slopes should be designed with a maximum slope inclination of 3H:1V or flatter. Fills
placed on slopes steeper than 5H:1V should be keyed and benched into the existing
slope to provide stability of the new fill against sliding. The filling operations should start
at the lowest point and continue up in level horizontal compacted layers in accordance
with the above fill placement recommendations.
Fill slopes in excess of 5 feet in height be constructed by overfilling and cutting back to
the design slope ratio to obtain a well-compacted slope face. Track-rolling of slopes in
excess of 5 feet in height should not be accepted. In the event that over-cutting of a
slope occurs, keying and benching requirements should be implemented instead of
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
EARTHWORK
310000 - 2
backfilling the slope to the design grade with sliver fills. Water should divert away from
the tops of slopes and slope planting should be provided as soon as possible to reduce
the potential for erosion of the finished slopes.
D.
Compaction Requirements: General fills and backfills should be moisture-conditioned to
about 3-percent above optimum moisture, placed in level lifts not exceeding 8-inches in
loose thickness, and compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction.
Base course and structural fill materials should be moisture-conditioned to above 3 percent
above optimum moisture, placed in level lifts not exceeding 8-inches in loose thickness, and
compacted to a minimum of 95-percent relative compaction. Relative compaction refers to the
in-place dry density of soil expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry density of the
same soil established in accordance with ASTM D 698 test procedures. Optimum moisture is
the water content (percentage by dry weight) corresponding to the maximum dry density.
Compaction should be accomplished by sheep foot rollers, vibratory rollers, multiple-wheel
pneumatic-tired rollers, or other types of acceptable compaction equipment.
Because moisture-conditioning and compaction of the clayey subgrade soils are critical
elements of earthwork, the geotechnical engineer should perform observations and soil
density tests during site grading to assist the contractor in obtaining the required degree of
compaction and the proper moisture content. Where compaction is less than required,
additional compactive effort should be applied with adjustment of moisture content as
necessary, to obtain the specified compaction.
E.
Excavations: The site grading and infrastructure construction will involve cuts and trenching
into the underlying fills and residual soils. It is anticipated that these materials may be
excavated with normal excavation equipment.
Suitable material from excavation shall be used in the fill and unsuitable material from
excavation shall be disposed of.
F.
Drainage: Care shall be exercised during grading so that areas involved will drain properly.
Water shall be prevented from running over the slopes by the temporary berms.
G.
Subgrade Preparation for Concrete Slabs: Fill slopes should be designed with a slope
inclination of 2H:1V or flatter. Fills placed on slopes steeper than 5H:1V should be keyed and
benched into the existing slope to provide stability of the new fill against sliding. The filling
operations should start at the lowest point and continue up in level horizontal compacted
layers in accordance with the above fill placement recommendations.
Fill slopes in excess of 5 feet in height be constructed by overfilling and cutting back to the
design slope ratio to obtain a well-compacted slope face. Track-rolling of slopes in excess of 5
feet in height should not be accepted. In the event that over-cutting of a slope occurs, keying
and benching requirements should be implemented instead of backfilling the slope to the
design grade with sliver fills. Water should divert away from the tops of slopes and slope
planting should be provided as soon as possible to reduce the potential for erosion of the
finished slopes.
H.
Field Testing: The geotechnical engineer shall be notified at least two (2) days prior to the start
of grading. A pre-grading conference shall be held between the parties involved so as to
discuss methods of operations, site problems and scheduling. Field density tests shall be
made by the geotechnical engineer or his representative for the compaction of each fill layer.
Density tests shall be taken in the compacted material below the disturbed surface. When
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
EARTHWORK
310000 - 3
these tests indicate that the density of any layer of fill or portion thereof is below the required
density, the particular layer or portion shall be reworked until the required density is obtained.
Sufficient density tests shall be made and submitted to support the geotechnical engineer’s
certification. Contractor shall at his cost retain the services of a geotechnical engineer and
provide testing and certifications for structures, parking and roadway compaction.
I.
Supervision: Supervision by the geotechnical engineer shall be continuous during the grading
operations so that certification that all cut and fill areas were graded in accordance with the
accepted specifications is possible. At all times, the Contractor shall have a responsible field
superintendent on the project in full charge of the work with authority to make decisions. He
shall cooperate with the geotechnical engineer in carrying out the work. Any instructions given
to him by the geotechnical engineer shall be considered to have been given to the Contractor
personally.
J.
Rainy Weather: No fill material shall be placed, spread or rolled during unfavorable weather
conditions. When the work is interrupted by heavy rains, fill operations shall not be resumed
until the geotechnical engineer indicates that the moisture content and density of the
previously placed fill are as specified and the stability of the surface of the area to receive
structural fill has been evaluated and considered suitable to receive structural fill.
K.
Unforeseen Conditions: If unforeseen or undetected soil conditions such as soft spots, exiting
utility trenches, structure foundations voids or cavities, boulders seepage water or expansive
soil pockets, etc., are encountered, the Contractor at his sole expense shall make all
necessary corrective measures in the field as such conditions are detected.
3.2
UNSUITABLE EXCAVATED MATERIAL: The Contractor shall remove from the site all
unsuitable excavated material unless specified otherwise by the geotechnical engineer.
Removal of the unsuitable material will not be paid for directly, but shall be considered
incidental to the project.
END OF SECTION 310000
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
EARTHWORK
310000 - 4
SECTION 310010 - GRADING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
DESCRIPTION
The General Requirements, Section 010000, are made a part of this section as fully as if
repeated herein.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Removal and storage of topsoil.
B.
Rough grading the site for site structures, site paving, and building pads.
C.
Proofrolling site near the completion of excavation activities prior to fill and backfill activities.
D.
Replacement of topsoil and finish grading for planting.
1.3
A.
1.4
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 310000 - Earthwork
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Protect above- and below-grade utilities that remain.
B.
Protect buffer strips and other features to remain as a portion of final landscaping.
C.
Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and
curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Topsoil: See Delaware Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, most recent
version
B.
Topsoil: Topsoil excavated on-site and imported as necessary.
1.
2.
Graded.
Free of roots, rocks larger than 1/2 inch, subsoil, debris, large weeds and foreign matter.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GRADING
310010 - 1
3.1
A.
3.2
EXAMINATION
Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.
PREPARATION
A.
Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum.
B.
Stake and flag locations of known utilities.
3.3
ROUGH GRADING
A.
Remove topsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded, without
mixing with foreign materials.
B.
Remove subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded.
C.
In tree protection zones, when excavating through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots
with sharp axe.
D.
Benching Slopes: Horizontally bench existing slopes greater than 1:4 to key fill material to
slope for firm bearing.
E.
Stability: Replace damaged or displaced subsoil to same requirements as for specified fill.
3.4
SOIL REMOVAL AND STOCKPILING
A.
Stockpile topsoil to be re-used on site; remove remainder from site.
B.
Stockpile soils approved for re-use as fill or backfill on site; remove remainder from site.
C.
Stockpiles: Use areas designated on site; pile depth not to exceed 8 feet; protect from
erosion.
3.5
PROOFROLLING
A.
Upon completion of excavation and/or prior to fill placement, proofroll the exposed surface
with a 10-ton vibratory drum roller.
B.
At least 6 perpendicular overlapping passes shall be made across the entire structural
area.
C.
The proofrolling shall be witnessed by the Architect/Engineer or the Architect/Engineer's
representative.
D.
All unstable, pumping and/or yielding soils that are encountered shall be excavated and
replaced with approved compacted fill material.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GRADING
310010 - 2
3.6
A.
FINISH GRADING
Before Finish Grading:
1.
2.
Verify building and trench backfilling have been inspected.
Verify subgrade has been contoured and compacted.
B.
Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1/2 inch in size. Remove soil
contaminated with petroleum products.
C.
Where topsoil is to be placed, scarify surface to depth of 6 inches.
D.
In areas where vehicles or equipment have compacted soil, scarify surface to depth of 6
inches.
E.
Place topsoil in areas where seeding, sodding, and planting are indicated.
F.
Place topsoil where required to level finish grade.
G.
Place topsoil to the following compacted thicknesses:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Areas to be seeded with Grass: 6 inches.
Areas to be sodded: 6 inches.
Shrub Beds: 12 inches.
Flower Beds: 24 inches.
Planter Boxes: To within 3 inches of box rim.
H.
Place topsoil during dry weather.
I.
Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading.
J.
Near plants spread topsoil manually to prevent damage.
K.
Fine grade topsoil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain profiles and contour of
subgrade.
L.
Lightly compact placed topsoil.
3.7
TOLERANCES
A.
Finished surfaces - 0.1 feet
B.
Areas under topsoil or sod - 0.2 feet
C.
Areas under concrete slabs - Minus 0.05 or Plus 0.02 feet.
D.
Areas under paving (subgrade) - 0.05 feet.
3.8
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GRADING
310010 - 3
A.
Remove unused stockpiled topsoil and subsoil. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing
water.
B.
Leave site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping.
END OF SECTION 310010
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
GRADING
310010 - 4
SECTION 321000 - ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
1.2
Hot-mix asphalt paving.
Section 310000 – “Earthwork”
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include technical data and tested physical
and performance properties.
1.
2.
1.3
Job-Mix Designs: Certification, by authorities having jurisdiction, of approval of each job
mix proposed for the Work.
Job-Mix Designs: For each job mix proposed for the Work.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Material Certificates: For each paving material, from manufacturer.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A paving-mix manufacturer registered with and approved by the
Delaware Dept. of Transportation.
B.
Regulatory Requirements:
Comply with materials, workmanship, and other applicable
requirements of the Delaware Dept. of Transportation for asphalt paving work.
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if subgrade is wet or excessively
damp, if rain is imminent or expected before time required for adequate cure, or if the following
conditions are not met:
1.
2.
3.
Tack Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 60 degrees F (15.6 deg. C).
Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 degrees F (4.4 deg. C) and
rising at time of placement.
Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of 50 degrees F (10 deg. C) and
rising at time of placement.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ASPHALT PAVING
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321000 - 1
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
B.
Pavement-Marking Paint: Proceed with pavement marking only on clean, dry surfaces and at a
minimum ambient or surface temperature of 40 degrees F (4.4 deg. C) for oil-based materials,
and not exceeding 95 degrees F (35 deg. C).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
AGGREGATES
A.
Coarse Aggregate: ASTM D 692, sound; angular crushed stone, crushed gravel, or cured,
crushed blast-furnace slag.
B.
Fine Aggregate: ASTM D 1073 or AASHTO M 29, sharp-edged natural sand or sand prepared
from stone, gravel, cured blast-furnace slag, or combinations thereof.
C.
Mineral Filler: ASTM D 242 or AASHTO M 17, rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other
inert material.
2.2
ASPHALT MATERIALS
A.
2.3
Asphalt Binder: AASHTO M 320 or AASHTO MP 1a, in accordance with Delaware Dept. of
Transportation Standards.
MIXES
A.
Hot-Mix Asphalt: Dense, hot-laid, hot-mix asphalt plant mixes approved by the Delaware Dept.
of Transportation and complying with the following requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Provide mixes with a history of satisfactory performance in geographical area where
Project is located.
Base Course: Delaware Dept. of Transportation Type B.
Surface Course: Delaware Dept. of Transportation Type C.
Cold Patch: Complying with Delaware Department of Transportation specifications
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Proof-roll subgrade below pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft
pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades.
B.
Proceed with paving only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
PATCHING
A.
Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement: Saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing pavement
section to sound base. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches into
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ASPHALT PAVING
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321000 - 2
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically.
Remove excavated material. Recompact existing unbound-aggregate base course to form new
subgrade.
B.
Portland Cement Concrete Pavement:
concrete pieces firmly.
1.
C.
3.3
Remove disintegrated or badly cracked pavement. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal
patches, extending into adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut
excavation faces vertically. Recompact existing unbound-aggregate base course to form
new subgrade.
Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to vertical surfaces abutting or projecting into new, hot-mix asphalt
paving at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd.
1.
2.
D.
Break cracked slabs and roll as required to reseat
Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving.
Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings.
Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces.
Patching: Fill excavated pavements with hot-mix asphalt base mix for full thickness of patch
and, while still hot, compact flush with adjacent surface. Lift thickness shall not exceed 4
inches.
SURFACE PREPARATION
A.
General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious material
from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive paving.
B.
Herbicide Treatment: Apply herbicide according to manufacturer's recommended rates and
written application instructions. Apply to dry, prepared subgrade or surface of compactedaggregate base before applying paving materials.
C.
Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to surfaces of existing pavement at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq.
yd.
1.
2.
3.4
Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving.
Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings.
Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces.
HOT-MIX ASPHALT PLACING
A.
Machine place hot-mix asphalt on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off. Place
asphalt mix by hand to areas inaccessible to equipment in a manner that prevents segregation
of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and thickness when compacted.
1.
2.
B.
Spread mix at minimum temperature of 250 deg F.
Regulate paver machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls and
tears in asphalt-paving mat.
Place paving in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet wide unless infill edge strips of a lesser
width are required.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ASPHALT PAVING
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321000 - 3
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
C.
3.5
Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand tools
to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-mix asphalt to prevent
segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface.
JOINTS
A.
Construct joints to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. Construct
joints free of depressions, with same texture and smoothness as other sections of hot-mix
asphalt course.
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.6
Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat to joints.
Offset longitudinal joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 6 inches.
Offset transverse joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 24 inches.
Construct transverse joints at each point where paver ends a day's work and resumes
work at a subsequent time. Construct these joints using either "bulkhead" or "papered"
method according to AI MS-22, for both "Ending a Lane" and "Resumption of Paving
Operations."
COMPACTION
A.
General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot-mix paving will bear roller weight without
excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot, hand tampers or with vibratory-plate
compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers.
1.
Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F.
B.
Breakdown Rolling: Complete breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints and
outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown, grade,
and smoothness. Correct laydown and rolling operations to comply with requirements.
C.
Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling while hotmix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot-mix
asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the following density:
1.
Average Density – Surface Course: 92 percent of reference maximum theoretical
voidless density according to ASTM D 2041, but not less than 90 percent nor greater
than 96 percent.
2.
Average Density – Base Course: 90 percent of reference maximum theoretical voidless
density according to ASTM D 2041, but not less than 88 percent nor greater than 96
percent.
D.
Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is still
warm.
E.
Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to
proper alignment. Bevel edges while asphalt is still hot; compact thoroughly.
F.
Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and
hardened.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ASPHALT PAVING
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321000 - 4
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
G.
3.7
Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become
marked.
INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A.
Pavement Thickness:
following tolerances:
1.
2.
B.
Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus.
Pavement Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness
within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot straightedge applied
transversely or longitudinally to paved areas:
1.
2.
3.
3.8
Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the
Base Course: 1/4 inch
Surface Course: 1/8 inch
Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown.
Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch.
PAVEMENT MARKING
A.
3.9
Restoration of any pavement markings removed is not required.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Owner reserves the right to engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests
and inspections.
B.
Replace and compact hot-mix asphalt where core tests were taken.
C.
Remove and replace or install additional hot-mix asphalt where test results or measurements
indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 321000
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
ASPHALT PAVING
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321000 - 5
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SECTION 321021 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
1.2
1.3
1.4
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Base course for asphaltic concrete paving.
B.
Base course for Portland cement concrete paving.
C.
Base course for slabs on grade.
D.
Aggregate paving.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 310010 – Grading: Preparation of site for base course.
B.
Section 321000 – Asphalt Paving: Binder and surface asphalt paving courses.
REFERENCES
A.
Delaware Department of Transportation Department Standard Specifications, latest
edition.
B.
ASTM C 136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates;
1993.
C.
ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)); 1991.
D.
ASTM D 1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Sand-Cone Method; 1990 (Reapproved 1996).
E.
ASTM D 1557 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN m/m3)); 1991.
F.
ASTM D 2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil
Classification System); 1993.
ASTM D 2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place
by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 1991.
G.
1.5
The General Requirements, Section 010000, are made a part of this section as fully as if
repeated herein.
H.
ASTM D 3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 1988.
I.
ASTM D 4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index
of Soils; 1993.
SUBMITTALS
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321021 - 1
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
A.
See Section 010000 - General Requirements.
B.
Samples: 20 lb sample of each type of aggregate; submit in air-tight containers to testing
laboratory.
C.
Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source.
D.
Aggregate Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and actual
materials used.
E.
1.6
Laboratory Compaction Test Reports.
1.
F.
Local/Regional Materials: Provide a letter from the manufacturer stating the
manufacturing location of the products provided, referencing the project name and
location specifically and distance from the manufacturing location to the project site.
2.
G.
Recycled Content Documentation: Must include the manufacturers product literature
identifying the percentage of recycled material incorporated within each product used.
See the sustainable design section for further information/clarification. Complete the
Recycled Content Documentation Form in Appendix C of Division 1 Section
“Environmental Procedures.”
3.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Provide sufficient quantities of aggregate to meet project schedule and requirements.
When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need.
B.
When aggregate materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where indicated.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent
intermixing.
Prevent contamination.
Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials.
Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
2.2
Aggregate Base Materials: Type B, graded aggregate, conforming to the most current
version of the Delaware Department of Transportation Standard Specifications
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
See Section 014000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for testing and
analysis of aggregate materials.
B.
Test and analyze samples for compliance before delivery to site.
C.
If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest.
D.
Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the Work.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321021 - 2
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify subgrade has been inspected, gradients and elevations are correct, and subgrade
is dry.
B.
Notify Contractor of any variations beyond this tolerance before commencing any work of
this project.
PREPARATION
A.
Correct irregularities in subgrade gradient and elevation by scarifying, reshaping, and re
compacting.
B.
Do not place aggregate on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces.
INSTALLATION
A.
Spread aggregate on prepared subgrade to a total compacted thickness as shown on
drawings.
B.
Under Asphalt Paving:
1.
2.
C.
Under Portland Cement Concrete Paving:
1.
Place aggregate to a total compacted thickness as shown on drawings.
2.
Compact to density as shown on drawings.
D.
Under Slab-On-Grade:
1.
2.
3.4
Place aggregate to a total compacted thickness as shown on the drawings.
Compact to density as shown on drawings.
Place aggregate to a total compacted thickness as shown on drawings.
Compact to density as shown on drawings.
E.
Place aggregate in maximum 6 inch layers and roller compact to specified density.
F.
Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated.
G.
Adjust moisture content as necessary to assist compaction. If excess water is apparent,
remove aggregate and aerate to reduce moisture content.
H.
Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment.
TOLERANCES
A.
Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 inch measured with 10 foot straight edge.
B.
Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch of specified or indicated thickness with average of
all checks equal to or greater than specified thickness.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321021 - 3
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
C.
3.5
3.6
Variation From True Elevation: Within +1/4 inch to within -1/2 inch.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
See Section 014000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection
and testing.
B.
Perform compaction density testing on compacted aggregate base course in accordance
with ASTM D1556, ASTM D2922, or ASTM D3017.
C.
Evaluate results in relation to maximum dry density and optimum moisture content as
determined by ASTM D 698, (Standard Proctor).
D.
If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and
retest.
E.
Frequency of Tests: One per 2,000 square foot per lift, or as directed by Owner’s
representative.
F.
Proof roll compacted aggregate at surfaces that will be under slabs-on-grade and paving
under observation of Architect/Engineer.
CLEAN-UP
A.
Remove unused stockpiled materials; leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade
stockpile area to prevent standing surface water.
END OF SECTION 321021
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321021 - 4
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SECTION 321050 - PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
Section includes painted markings applied to asphalt and concrete pavement..
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product.
B.
Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechanically
applied 4” wide pavement marking with paint by one of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
2.2
Benjamin Moore & Co.
Color Wheel Paints & Coatings.
Columbia Paint & Coatings.
Ennis Traffic Safety Solutions, Inc.
M.A.B. Paints.
McCormick Paints.
Parker Paint Mfg. Co. Inc.
PPG Industries.
Rohm and Haas Company; a subsidiary of The Dow Chemical Company.
Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
PAVEMENT-MARKING PAINT
A.
Pavement-Marking Paint: MPI #32, alkyd traffic-marking paint.
1.
B.
Pavement-Marking Paint: MPI #97, latex traffic-marking paint.
1.
C.
Color: As indicated.
Color: As indicated.
VOC Content: Pavement markings used on building interior shall have a VOC content of
150 g/L or less.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321050 - 1
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PAVEMENT MARKING
A.
Do not apply pavement-marking paint until layout, colors, and placement have been verified
with Architect.
B.
Allow paving to age for a minimum of 30 days before starting pavement marking.
C.
Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust.
D.
Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce pavement markings, of dimensions
indicated, with uniform, straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide
a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils (0.4 mm).
1.
Apply graphic symbols and lettering with paint-resistant, die-cut stencils. Apply paint so
that it cannot run beneath the stencil.
END OF SECTION 321050
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
321050 - 2
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SECTION 329200 - TURF AND GRASSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
1.2
Permanent Seeding of disturbed areas.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
B.
Surface Soil: Whatever soil is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project
site. In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil, but in disturbed areas such as
urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
1.3
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Certification of grass seed.
1.
B.
1.5
Certification of each seed mixture for turf grass sod.
Product certificates.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.6
Seed and Other Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened
containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and
indication of conformance with state and federal laws, as applicable.
MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A.
Initial Turf Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape
Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is
planted and continue until acceptable turf is established but for not less than 60 days from the
date of planting completion.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
TURF AND GRASSES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
329200 - 1
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SEED
A.
Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Journal of Seed
Technology; Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances.
B.
Grass Seed Mix:
a.
2.2
Install seed mixes meeting the requirements of the Delaware Department of
Natural Resources and Environmental Control.
MULCHES
a.
Straw Mulch: Provide air-dry, clean, mildew- and seed-free, salt hay or threshed
straw of wheat, rye, oats, or barley. Mulch must comply with the requirements of
the Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
TURF AREA PREPARATION
A.
Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches Remove stones
larger than 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter
and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
1.
B.
3.2
Apply topsoil to a minimum depth of 4 inches or as specified on the drawings, whichever
is greater
Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry
before planting.
SEEDING
A.
Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mph. Evenly distribute seed by
sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to each other. Do not seed against
existing trees. Limit extent of seed to outside edge of planting saucer.
1.
3.3
Anchor straw mulch by crimping into soil with suitable mechanical equipment.
TURF MAINTENANCE
A.
Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and
performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable turf. Roll, regrade, and
replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth turf. Provide materials
and installation the same as those used in the original installation.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
TURF AND GRASSES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
329200 - 2
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
B.
Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain height
appropriate for species without cutting more than 1/3 of grass height. Remove no more than
1/3 of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings.
C.
Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents in accordance with
authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate
applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before
each application is performed.
END OF SECTION 329200
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
TURF AND GRASSES
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
329200 - 3
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
SECTION 331010 – STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
The General Requirements, Section 01000, are made a part of this section as fully as if repeated
herein.
1.2
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Storm drainage piping, fittings, and accessories.
B.
Roof drainage piping, fittings and accessories.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
DelDOT Storm Drainage Design and Details, latest edition.
1.
Construction Drawings
1.4
REFERENCES
A.
AASHTO M 252 or M 294 Type S – Standard Specification for High Density Polyethylene Pipe for
Drainage System.
B.
ASTM C 76 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer
Pipe.
C.
ASTM C 443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe,
Using Rubber Gaskets.
D.
ASTM C 923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete
Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals
E.
1.5
ASTM D 3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe
and Fittings; 1996.
2.
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01000 - General Requirements.
B.
Product Data: Provide data indicating pipe, pipe accessories, and pipe fittings.
C.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install Products
specified.
D.
Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
3.
Project Record Documents:
E.
4.
5.
Record locations of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, drain inlets, cleanouts,
and invert elevations.
Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
331010 - 1
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
F.
G.
H.
uncharted utilities.
Local/Regional Materials: Provide a letter from the manufacturer stating the manufacturing
location of the products provided, referencing the project name and location specifically and
distance from the manufacturing location to the project site.
6.
Recycled Content Documentation: Must include the manufacturers product literature identifying
the percentage of recycled material incorporated within each product used. See the sustainable
design section for further information/clarification. Complete the Recycled Content Documentation
Form in Appendix C of Division 1 Section “Environmental Procedures.”
7.
Construction Waste Management Documentation: Complete the Construction Waste
Management Documentation Form in Appendix C of Division 1 Section “Environmental
Procedures.”
1.6
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
I.
Conform to State Code for performing the work of this Section.
1.7
PROJECT CONDITIONS
J.
Coordinate the Work with termination of sanitary sewer connection outside building, connection to
municipal sewer utility service, and trenching.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPE MATERIALS
A.
Concrete Pipe: Reinforced, ASTM C 76 (ASTM C 76M), Class III, IV or V, as depicted on
drawings, with wall Type B mesh reinforcement.
B.
Reinforced Concrete Pipe Joint Device: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M) rubber compression
gasket joint.
C.
Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 3034, Type PSM, Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings;
inside nominal diameter of 4 inches or larger, bell and spigot style with Flexible Elastomeric
Seals.
2.2
PIPE ACCESSORIES
A.
Pipe Joints: Concrete bell and spigot joints shall be made with resilient rubber, o-ring style,
gaskets.
B.
Concrete tongue and groove joints shall be made with "Ram-Nek" style resilient connectors.
C.
PVC pipe bell and spigot joints shall be made with flexible elastomeric seals.
D.
Fittings: Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required
tee, bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps and other configurations required.
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
331010 - 2
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
TRENCHING
A.
See Section 31000 for trenching and backfill requirements.
B.
C.
Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated.
Backfill around sides and to top of pipe with cover fill, tamp in place and compact, and then
complete backfilling.
3.2
INSTALLATION – PIPE
A.
Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as
indicated on layout drawings.
B.
Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Seal joints
watertight.
C.
Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on layout drawings; with maximum variation from true slope of
1/8 inch in 10 feet.
3.3
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform field inspection and testing as directed.
B.
Verification of Alignment: The Subcontractor shall provide for verification of the As-Built gravity
sewer installation. The verification shall include external and internal inspections.|
C.
If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest at
no cost to Owner.
3.4
PROTECTION
A.
Protect pipe and bedding cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in
progress.
3.5
CLEAN-UP
A.
Leave work and surrounding areas clean.
END OF SECTION 331010
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
331010 - 3
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
Reference Documents
1.
Limitations on Use of Use of Reference Documents
The Reference Documents provided in this section are intended for the Bidder’s information only
and are not considered as part of the Contract Documents.
Bidder’s reliance on the information provided in these documents in the formulation of their Bid is
entirely at the Bidder’s risk.
2.
List of Reference Documents
2.1.
Report of geotechnical evaluation prepared by Duffield Associates, Inc.
Letter report (21 sheets) identified as follows:
Dated:
RE:
2.2.
May 18, 2006
Project No. 1679.GM
Proposed Storage Yard Area – Former Lafarge Gypsum Plant
Port of Wilmington
Wilmington, Delaware
Analytical laboratory data from soil sampling performed by Duffield Associates, Inc.
Table of analytical data (1 sheet) identified as follows:
Project No.: 1679.CP
Dated:
No date
Titled:
Table 1: Analytical Detections – Soil
Port of Wilmington Parking lot Expansion – gypsum Area
Test Pit Location Sketch (1 sheet) identified as follows:
Project No:
Dated:
Titled:
1679.CP
September 2105
Test Pit Locations Sketch
Port of Wilmington – Gypsum Storage Area (Former Lafarge Site.
End of Reference Documents
DSPC PROJECT NO. 10-6103
NEW CHIQUITA CHASSIS YARD
REDEVELOPMENT OF THE LAFARGE ROCK STORAGE YARD
REFERENCE DOCUMENT
PAGE RD-1 OF 1
$
TP-8
D
E
TP-7
D
E
TP-6
D
E
D
E
TP-4
D
E
TP-5
TP-3
TP-2
D
E
D
E
TP-1
D
E
Legend
D
E
Approximate Location of Test Pits
0
70 140
280
420
560
Feet
NOTES:
1) TEST PIT AND SAMPLE LOCATIONS ESTIMATED BASED ON FIELD OBSERVATIONS
DATE:
SEPTEMBER 2015
SCALE:
AS SHOWN
PROJECT NO.
1679.CP
SHEET:
FIGURE 1
TEST PIT LOCATION SKETCH
PORT OF WILMINGTON - GYPSUM STORAGE AREA
(FORMER LAFARGE SITE)
WILMINGTON - NEW CASTLE COUNTY - DELAWARE
DESIGNED BY: JWF
DRAWN BY: JWF
CHECKED BY: WAJ
FILE:
1679.CP.TPlocationsketch
5400 LIMESTONE ROAD
WILMINGTON, DE 19808-1232
TEL. (302)239-6634
FAX (302)239-8485
OFFICES IN PENNSYLVANIA,
SOUTHERN DELAWARE,
MARYLAND AND NEW JERSEY
EMAIL: DUFFIELD@DUFFNET.COM
TABLE 1: ANALYTICAL DETECTIONS - SOIL
PORT OF WILMINGTON PARKING LOT EXPANSION - GYPSUM AREA
Sample Number
Sampling Date (month/day/year)
Sample type
TCLP Volatile organic compounds
TP-1
9/24/2015
Composite
TP-2
9/24/2015
Composite
TP-3
9/24/2015
Composite
TP-4
9/24/2015
Composite
TP-5
9/24/2015
Composite
TP-6
9/24/2015
Composite
TP-7
9/24/2015
Composite
TP-8
9/24/2015
Composite
None detected
None detected
None detected None detected None detected None detected
None detected None detected
NA
None detected
None detected
None detected None detected None detected None detected
None detected None detected
NA
None detected
None detected
None detected None detected None detected None detected
None detected None detected
NA
Hazardous
Waste
Level
TCLP Semi-volatile organic compounds
TCLP Pesticides and herbicides
TCLP Metals
Arsenic
Barium
Lead
Hazardous Waste Characteristics
Reactive cyanide
Reactive sulfide
Ignitability
Corrosivity
Chemistry
Diesel-Range Organics, ASTM Leach
Diesel-Range Organics
Total volatle solids
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Paint Filter Test
TCL Volatile Organic Compounds
Units
µg/L
µg/L
µg/L
ND
0.118
0.522
J
ND
0.116
0.052
24.1
0.127
0.065
J
J
ND
0.136
0.07
J
ND
0.099
0.067
J
ND
0.175
0.194
J
ND
0.095
0.021
J
U
ND
0.129
0.183
J
5.0
100
5.0
ND
ND
ND
11.1
ND
ND
ND
8.40
ND
ND
ND
8.48
NA
NA
NA
2 - 12.5
ND
44
4240
481
ND
ND
160
5110
401
ND
ND
140
6190
242
ND
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
None detected
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
None detected
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
None detected
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
None detected
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
10500
2.9
36.1
0.37
6120
10.1
3.4
6.8
12900
11.0
372
124
5.9
393
13.7
17.0
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
pH units
ND
ND
ND
7.71
ND
ND
ND
7.90
µg/L
mg/kg
mg/L
mg/kg
mg/100g
99
360
3910
481
ND
76
140
3390
561
ND
NA
mg/kg
mg/kg
J
ND
ND
ND
8.19
ND
ND
ND
7.99
140
280
3920
681
ND
63
50
3670
322
ND
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
J
ND
ND
ND
7.85
J
110
16
3480
202
ND
J
TCL Semi-volatile organics
TCL Pesticides
TCL Polychlorinated biphenyls
TAL Metals
Aluminum
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Calcium
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Iron
Lead
Magnesium
Manganese
Nickel
Potassium
Vanadium
Zinc
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
Notes:
J = Substance detected, concentration estimated between the quantification limit and the method detection limit.
ND = Substance not detected
NA = Not applicable
TCLP = Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
TCL = Target Compound List
TAL = Target Analyte List
Hazardous Waste Level from Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 261
Source: Test America, Inc., October 15, 2015. Analytical Report, Job Number 460-101775-1
See Analytical Report for full list of analyses and results.
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
µg/L = micrograms per liter
mg/L = milligrams per liter
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram
mg/100g = milligrams per 100 grams
Project Number 1679.CP
Duffield Associates, Inc.